The Future Flag of the New World Order?

Predictive programming is not limited to art and media. Even the flags of nations… and especially of ideologies and religions, can employ it. Doing so, they predictively point to the flag of the One-World Government, it seems… which predicts what that government will be.

 

by H. Michael Sweeney proparanoid.wordpress.com   Facebook   proparanoid.net  

copyright © 2018, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this notice and byline, are included. Quote freely, links requested. Please comment any such repost or quote link to original posting.

 

 

Predictive Programming

In a previous article, I talked rather a lot about predictive programming, and how fiction can follow real life events, or real life can follow in fiction’s example. That, it was revealed, is something the intelligence community, Deep State, and the New World Order care about, deeply… using it to condition us to future change one subtle thought at a time. It is, simply put, just another form of mind control, but much more covert and psychologically clever than outright disinformation and fake news. Much of what we see and hear in media, be it mainstream or social networks, seems to be predictive programming, though not usually understood until after the future fact. Ask Q, about that… a perfect reflection of the method.

The same is true in art, a strong conveyer of deep subconscious thought; sometimes, art portrays things to come, and it can certainly portray things already done. This post examines how flags, banners, and logos can a form of artistic visual expression of national identity, and become a symbolism far more telling than we realize… something I was not aware of until I saw a flag which proved to be a kind of visual Rosetta Stone… a rosetta flag. And it tells of the future… at least someone’s idea of it. And, it was revealed in what certainly seems a predictive programming manner… portending things to come.

I’m talking about the New World Order… the Flag of the One World Government. It tells us very much about what the government will be like, and who will be its leaders, and peoples. And, it perfectly matches with Bible prophecy, too… at least by some accounts. It is both a red and a blue pill, in one. And, this realization led to other examples of flags as predictive programming of other future flags, all of which point to the same end result; a NWO global flag.

Let us begin by taking a look at three different types of flags and their visual symbolism; those of Islamic theocracies, those of Communist nations, and those of the United Nations. Each of these three sets has many varieties of flags, not all of which are necessarily national flags — but in some cases, more like banners or logos of a given agency, branch, or project fostered by the parent entity. All are based on flag art, more or less. If we choose carefully and note their creation dates, we start to see a pattern emerge, a kind of predictive roadmap which the Rosetta will make easier to recognize and follow into what comes next.

These older flags predict the Rosetta, and in some cases, one another, as well… and likewise in turn, predicts much more. Predictive programming has been blowing in the very wind on flag poles all this time, and we saw it not. When you consider that national flags are everywhere, they cannot be escaped or ignored, and the programming seeps in.

 

The flags

The basic element of the Islamic flag is usually the crescent, with or without a star captured by the circle implied by the crescent. The original use on flags with clear certainty is traced back to the time of the Crusades, but before that, the Sumerians were quite fond of the symbol and it adorned their banners, as well. To them, the crescent represented the Moon God, Sin (imagine that), and the star, the Goddess, Ishtar, as identified in the planet, Venus. Sin was also described as “Lord of Wisdom,” and “Illumination,” which sounds rather a lot like Satan. Ishtar was the God of War and wanton Sex (sex and violence).

Note: It was in the lands of the Sumerian Empire (now Iran) where the drug-sex-murder cult, the Assassins, originated. They were a deviant cult of the Shia (Shiites) branch of Islam (as is ISIS, which shares many of the same traits as Assassins). They first came into historical view just prior to the Crusades, and were a significant factor in the Crusades, first as deadly enemy, and later, as co-opters of the Knights Templars, introducing them to many of their Satanic practices. The Templars had come to respect their murderous skills and wanted to learn them, for themselves, including ritual sexual abuse of children, in order to create controllable minions; the basis for modern Manchurian Candidate-like assassins run by intelligence agencies and others. CIA’s programs are better known by the project terms MK-Ultra, Monarch, and Artichoke, and victims are called Monarchs.

The Ottoman Empire flew either one or three crescents on their various battle flags, as early as 1379. In many cases the crescent for modern Islamic theocracies is tipped at an angle, usually upwards, the way the crescent Moon tends to appear when waning. Sometimes, though rare, it tips downward, as in a forming crescent. Some are pointed directly upward (rare). While most have one star or no star, some have more, and they might be external of the crescent, or within it.

The stars are usually five-pointed, but many are starburst or asterisk-like spikes. All these visual elements point to pre Islam religious beliefs: where Christianity is often accused of pagan origins in its symbolism, Islam can be accused of Satanic symbolism based upon Sin and Ishtar. Coming forward in time, additional symbolism has been adopted (some common outside of Islam), and varies from nation to nation. But the true origin is undeniable, where the crescent variants are employed.

Another common element of many flags around the World, is the wreath, sometimes called a laurel. The wreath represents Wheat, and the abundance of life; the harvest, and fertility. As a laurel, it represents authority, honor, and power. Two sheaths are usually arrayed to form a crescent, oddly enough. That is not likely coincidental, because the first uses of the wreath were by early empires like Rome, which also worshiped the Goddess of Venus. We see the wreath in all three of our groups, as well… best known to most of us in the United Nations flag/logo.

 

 

 

 

Note: The lone star in the Soviet banner and their national flag represents the Communist party. The hammer and sickle represent the urban and agricultural workers in unity… this banner being the base reflection of their national emblem.

So how is it that three completely different ideologies can be so similar in flag design? Well, one can argue with viable logic that the commonality of their symbolic meaning is useful to any ideology, and thus we should not be surprised. But is that really the answer? Consider this banner also in use by the Russians, which evolves from their Coat of Arms, shown below. IT PREDATES the United Nations… predicts it, if you will. In fact, the U.N. wreath is identical to that of the Soviet’s. The Globe is slightly different in rotation and relationship, but the U.N. essentially uses the same logo, sans star.

The Soviet version depicts control of the World through Russian productivity and ideology, overseen by the Communist Party of the USSR. What does that imply or tell you about the U.N. logo, and agenda? But wait. There are two more banner/logos to consider (below), also with some interesting similarities, things which we will find predictive, as well. The one on the left is the Communist Party of Great Britain, which was also founded (1920) well before the United Nations (1945), which many decades later, created the logo shown at right.

The key element, here, aside from the similar use of wreath and globe elements, is the primary element of the dove, highly stylized in the Communist logo to parrot the sickle. Both have Wheat sheaths, both have the same style of globe, and both have the Dove. But the U.N. version also has an additional crescent, in absence of forming one from two sheaths, while the Communists added three stars. That will prove interesting.

  

There is a third pair to consider as lead in to explaining why. Compare the three stars in the Communist banner, above, with the two ‘flags’, below. The red one is apparently one Spanish conservatives interpretation of how the future UN looks, to his eyes, considering the UN’s Agenda 2030 Plan for establishing a communist-like global governance by the year 2030. That image exists in only one place, his blog page.

Now, in Britain, the three stars above (communist flag) are not explained, but likely represent Ireland, Scotland, and Britain, herself. The stars are more meaningful in the Spanish logo, below, but that must be put off, for the moment. First, let’s talk about the blue one, and its three stars…

  

The above ‘U.N.’ logo appears in the futuristic TV sci-fi serial, The Expanse. Yes, it is fictional, but remember, we are talking about art predictively depicting the future as a valid phenomenon. The trick, or course, being that it is almost impossible to divine just when such is the case, until after the fact. But just bear with me, here: in The Expanse, the Seat of Power of the United Nations exists on the Moon, but it rules not as a one-world government, but over all human presence on Earth, Mars, and an alliance of outer planets. Hence, the three stars.

There is one last flag to consider, that of the Red Chinese. Then comes Rosetta, and understanding they Spanish UN flag’s three stars upon a field of red, more fully.

China’s flag symbols consist only of stars, four of which are arranged in a crescent, and a fifth positioned much like the lone star within the typical Islamic flag,’s crescent.  The large star is the Communist Party, as is found in most Communist national flags. The four stars represent the four classes of people among Chinese Class culture. At the time of the revolution, it was the four types of peoples, a pecking order based on racial heritage. In post revolution times, it evolved to represent more of an occupational categorization.

The important part, is that the main element (large star), dominates and controls the four groups. It is the same manner as the main UN element in The Expanse logo, dominating and controlled three groups of people, and as did the British Communist logo. We also find it in the (green) Islamic flag with four stars (found in the composit image, towards page top); the Comoros flag representing oversight of four islands and their peoples.

Now we come to the Rosetta Flag, and we can tie all these things together into a predictive relevance. Just as the above flags were in most cases predictive of future flags quite unrelated in terms of national or cultural/ideological or religious identity, it will also prove predictive, but in other ways. It is the commonality of flag elements in all the examples herein which enables both this, and which establishes it as Rosetta. It is the one flag which looks backwards and forwards simultaneously, to allow this presentation to even exist.

What you are looking at, above, is just the emblematic portion of the flag, which is quite like the Red Chinese flag in layout. Apologies for the quality; it is a cell phone shot of a small area of a TV screen. Everything about it makes sense, in light of those flags which preceded it (predictively).

We have a crescent shape which is formed by the wings of a bird, and which are somewhat reminiscent of the wreaths in the earlier examples. Like the wreaths and the crescent ‘Moon’ shapes they both protect and control Rosetta’s stars. We cannot deduce the stylized bird to know if it is a bird of prey (Hawk, Eagle), or a Dove or some other culturally popular bird. But no Bird has a notched absence of feathers where the wing joins the body, as shown… which is one element of the shape which renders the wings into wreath-like comparison, along with the lesser separations implying feathers.

The key point is, the bird mirrors the Dove in United Nations flags and logos, especially the one used in their ‘postage stamp.’

The three stars, on the other hand, once more imply three peoples, but the varied sizes imply their importance may vary, perhaps based on populations. The count and size aspect brings us to consider at least on predictive possibility, based on observations thus far made, above, and in light of other current history and even select prophesies. Let us begin that final analysis…

 

What the Rosetta Flag predicts

No country currently has such a flag, but the red background and the general nature imply a Communist ideology. That it is reflective of the Red Chinese flag in every way supports the notion. That brings us to the Spanish logo’s stars, which is the one element which is perhaps the most key to understanding, and the most predictive. The meaning of the three stars in that depiction is quite important: they represent three of the four main ‘Unions’ of the final New World Order one-world government; European, American, and Asian, and Middle Eastern (my geographic names, as the actual resulting names of such Unions are not yet to be known).

The reason only three, is the same reason the Rosetta should logically have three, and not four stars, and also explains why the sizes should vary. In both flags, Bible prophecy comes into play, regarding End Times. I’m speaking of Gog and Magog, and the battle of Armageddon. Prophecy says (in simplification, find more in these Bible texts) that the World will unite under the Antichrist, but some will revolt, and it will lead to war; Armageddon. Gog, then, clearly seems to be the Middle East, well identified in the first Bible quote (link), as the lands described are centered about Iran.

This leaves the other three Unions (Magog) united against Islam. Their flag is, as it’s Spanish creator claims, the UN’s flag flown against Gog. The Asian Union would be the largest in population, and would be dominated by China (the Asian Union), likely the World’s strongest power in the future. Ergo the Antichrist’s flag (Rosetta) is designed similarly to the current Chinese flag as seen in the TV capture, and the larger Star represents the Asian Union. I’m suspecting the American Union (North and South America) would be the next biggest star, and Europe the smallest, but that is not that important to the greater implications.

Agenda 2030 seeks a one-world government based on enjoined regional Unions as described, and based on the Chinese form of government. The Rosetta Flag is a predictive programming reflection of Agenda 2030, and the most likely outcome intended. For this to be true, it is clear that those at the top of the food chain pushing for Agenda 2030, do so in full acknowledgement of Biblical prophesy, which also mirrors similar beliefs among Satanists who make up New World Order leadership; Satan wants that battle, thinking he can defeat Christ, and crush all three faiths worshiping the God of Abraham, at the same time (Jews, Christians, and Moslems).

But to go to war, they will need a flag, and it must be rich with symbolism. To get us to follow that flag, we must be slowly warmed to it by predictive programming from previous flags. We have been seeing it unawares for decades, as shown in the earlier examples, above. The Rosetta was introduced in and taken in screen shot from the TV Series, The Tick, a parodic super-hero comic-book character presented in live action (very fun to watch). Interestingly enough, in the episode where the flag appears, it is attributed as the national flag of a fictional country, Urmania, a former Soviet Bloc slavic state which never was.

Now, about the choice of Urmania, as itself being predictive

• You (U) are (r) Man (man… ia). The flag of the one-world government will cover you, and all mankind.
• Ur, capitalized, is of Germanic origin an means, quote: a combining form meaning “earliest, original,” used in words denoting the primal stage of a historical or cultural entityor phenomenon: ur-civilization.
• man, of course, is obvious
• ia, of Latin origin, is defined as, quote: things derived from or relating to (something specified, such as territory : world : society)
• One definition of mania: an excessive, persistent enthusiasm (as in extreme or blind patriotism)

Risks in 12 Step Programs, esp. for TIs

What most people fail to realize is where these programs came from and the potential for targeting abuse by sinister forces.

by H. Michael Sweeney proparanoid.wordpress.com   Facebook   proparanoid.net  

copyright © 2017, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this notice and byline, are included. Quote freely, links requested. Please comment any such repost or quote link to original posting.

 

12 Step Origins

I am not going to tell you there is no value in any specific outwardly decent 12 Step Program. They do tend to have value to the countless individuals who desperately sought and found through them a path out of a self-destructive addiction or abuse. As such, they also generally have an excellent track record of success vs. failures.

However, I am going to tell you why they can become a trap for select individuals, and just why and how. I am referring to targeted persons and non targeted persons who hold power, influence, or key positions of any kind. I am also going to offer a very simple alternative which has no traps, no downsides, and no financial or time burdens; something that’s been around for thousands of years. It has worked for me, repeatedly, for both serious uses (including targeting), and more frivolous. It is a 1-step solution.

Like the Freemasons and Knights Templar before them, 12 Steps outwardly maintain a squeaky clean public image, but what is inside at the higher levels of operation can be insidious, especially to those select individuals. Also like them, they profess to be God-centered, but fail to define the nature of God or rely on Christian doctrine in their dealings. While even the bulk of staff may think these things true and hold personal faiths they see melding with the program usefully, it does not mean that internally, the truth is not otherwise.

This is because the very first 12 step programs were introduced almost simultaneously and by the same people as two other dark forces applied to the needs of their founders — persons of mutual interests who, in oversimplification, I’ll call the New World Order. That can mean the Illuminati, the Masonic influence, the 1%, globalists, members of round table groups, or even satanists, etc. You are welcome to free associate as you wish; all is usefully accurate within the realm of perpdom.

The first such program, circa 1920, was to combat alcoholism, just in time for prohibition. Many others followed the 12-step blueprint for other ‘habits,’ over time… and while some may have been absent of dark influence when founded, they all would be rather easy to infiltrate. The two additional forces spoken of can be seen as quite related in purpose and means to the darker nature of the ‘bad’ 12 step programs; actual mind control research projects, and the New Age movement, itself. All three served as a means to the same kinds of goals; growing the force I call Shadow in my book set, Fatal Rebirth, detailing the games played by modern-day Illuminati.

Technically, there is a 13th step, one early in the program; the assigning of a help mate, intending that you each help one another to stay on the narrow path, since ‘you can’t do it on your own.’

The New Age movement and select early mind control research, as well as the first 12 Step, were all funded by and proxy organized for the Rockefellers and Rothchilds, with counterparts in Europe. The New Age stuff started with the establishment of the Theosophical Society, which evolved series of petri-dish style afterbirths of cults, false religions, and philosophical mysticisms any Mason would relish. That’s not just rhetoric, because most of these mind game groups were organized along the Masonic lodge system, where secrets were king, and held only by the higher ranks, and/or used to manipulate and control members.

            

Templars          Masons                                                                    Theosophy     Rothchilds

We need not get into mind control, here; most readers will already know more than they want to about that, first hand. Those that don’t know, should stop right here, and go read my book, MC Realities. In that book, I produce a Timeline of Masonic/Illuminati/MC Evolutions. It specifically outlines with nearly 80 entries (and more again in the text of the book) several thousand years of such treachery. It includes the 12 Steps.

Again, not wanting to paint the wrong picture about 12 steps, the darker side or risk is not a concrete given for any individual program. Some are undoubtedly completely safe. But if the person seeking their help is already a TI or someone of power and influence, the risk is not insignificant. As a consultant to TIs, at least a dozen clients I have worked with were shown to have been targeted and/or manipulated through their 12-step. This was at times the origin of the targeting, and at others, simply augmentation of existing targeting. This was divided about 50-50.

The primary risk for non TIs is BLACKMAIL, as the 12 step programs always include FULL CONFESSION with prying out of juicy details, things which can result in one’s being targeted to take advantage. While the core of it is during sessions, additional information can be gleaned through the additional risk… which is the fact that attendees are given an ASSIGNED PARTNER (sometimes called a ‘sponsor’), and the resulting effort to become very close and ‘mutually reliant.’ Where the program has a nefarious side, that partner is not very likely to be one’s true helper, as proclaimed for purpose. But they will grow very close, learn much, and be able to exert influence, and even sabotage the victim of their deceits.

In some cases, other attendees and staff members of the program can also be turned against the TI, though generally in ways undetected until too late. Once participation in targeting is detected, an adversarial relationship can quickly develop, with decidedly one-sided advantage; the targeted will suffer a lack of credibility, and the threat of their secrets being revealed. In one one such case, it resulted in physical assaults and scare tactics, one of which eventually resulted in the accidental death of the TI.

Sidebar comment regarding other attendee participation: bear in mind that each attendee is in a similar position of vulnerability, and can be subject to manipulative forces at the psychological level which coerce their cooperation in any such targeting. In time, they may be discerned and known as ‘visible’ perps, but this is not quite the case.

The real evil never shows its face; the attendees themselves are also victims, likely unwitting conspirators in they know-not-what. They do not deserve hatred or vilification, but pity and prayers, if not perhaps outreach and education as to the ‘MC Realities’ of their own situation. It is not impossible to turn them to the TI’s side as covert operative; a means to learn who the invisible persons are, and their motives.

I will go so far as to say, that 12 step counseling sessions are operated using known psychological control methods designed to lower the defenses and encourage the attendee to spill their guts, and accept advice and help which in fact is intended to control them. It is not any different than any other form of mind control in terms of intent or result, even when the purpose is benevolent, as advertised. It is, after all, the intent of such programs to help the individual to do things they have been unable to achieve on their own… to control their actions for good. But when used for the nefarious, the results can be devastating well before any sense of betrayal is realized (if ever). Where already a TI, one can be easily sabotaged and brought deeper under control through the 12-step.

Where the individual is powerful or well placed to the interests of the NWO, it becomes a very simple thing to gain control over the individual either by blackmail and or influential manipulation by the assigned partner or ‘buddy.’ Imagine a Senator with a drug or sex problem, or a key corporate employee with access to proprietary secrets; perfect blackmail candidates. These manipulations can can also provide an avenue or stage for the introduction of other forms of mind control or targeting down the road; the victim becomes an ongoing TI.

Consider the oddest and most shocking news out of the District of Columbia, and other power centers. This can explain why Congressionals sometimes do some of the crazy things they do, things contrary to their party’s and constituents interests. And when failing to do as bid, it can account for public disclosure of their sins in a way which forces them from office. Government often happens by manipulation and graft more than by reasoned and proper loyalty to the oath of office.

Knowing what is going on is everything, when it comes to targeting. In all cases but the one death, my clients fared better defensively once knowing the 12 steps was involved, and broke all ties. The one situation was well out of control before the client made contact, and ended badly before we had even fully explored his case. Perhaps if he had come to me sooner. Note, by the way, due to a number of mutually impacting personal reasons, I no longer offer such client services. I am, however, happy to answer simple generic questions which do not require in-depth understanding of one’s situation. I also offer a free Helps Kit and other aids via proparanoidgroup at gmail com.

The 1 step solution is also useful in targeting issues

Many TIs will immediately understand this statement: targeting is satanic in method and intent, and its primary target is almost always a Christian, especially if weak or new to struggling with their faith. Less commonly understood, the secondary enemies are the Jew and the Muslim, for all three worship the same God of Abraham, who is the only real enemy Satan has. Yes, there are victims in other categories, including atheists, but in small numbers compared to Christians, et. al. To aid understanding, consider that all forms of mind control cause an increase in activity of those portions of the brain used in negative and sinful thoughts, moods, and actions, while suppressing those portions used for good, specifically to include prayer and meditation.

Conversely, as you might rightly deduce, prayer and meditation achieve the exact opposite.

I devote a whole chapter in my book, MC Realities, on the role played by faith in God in mounting a proper defensive campaign against targeting. It shows in clear terms just exactly how and why something as simple as PROPERLY (very easy to do it incorrectly) applying scripture and prayer can have stark and powerful results. It includes both the theological and the scientific explanations as to how that can be so. It should therefore be no surprise that a 12-step can be replaced with the same principles. Instead of applying it against targeting, it is instead simply applied against the ‘enemy’ for which a particular 12 Step Program might hold promise of relief. AND YET, IT CAN BE APPLIED AGAINST TARGETING ISSUES, TOO!

I make that chapter available free of charge on request: proparanoidgroup at gmail com.

What do I mean by ‘issues?’ The issues are the psychological harms of targeting; fear, anger, withdrawal, outbursts, hatreds, and so forth (things from the ‘dark’ side of the brain). These things work together to foster hyper vigilance, a form of paranoia, which can over time grow to exhibit or mimic schizophrenia, where everyone and everything is ‘targeting,’ when it cannot be so. Many think the goal of targeting is murder by slow death or suicide. The actual goal in most cases is simply to make the TI seem insane, and actually to drive them well into that state of mind. Suicide is merely an unhappy proof of success.

To fare well defensively, one must be able to ignore things which are not truly a threat (simply manipulative), and focus only on those things which are (especially those things which cause physiological or financial harms), or which might lead to learning more about the who, why, and how of the targeting — the things useful in mounting defensive and even offensive strategies. All else is a waste of life, and a destroyer of free will. By that, I mean that the TI does what is expected of them by their enemy, not what is useful to the self. Yet so often, I see TIs who would rather spend their time worrying about every single thing every single moment, and complaining about it constantly, instead of working in an organized manner that might better their standing.

Let me tell you how well it can work, both as 12 step substitute, and in targeting…

My personal testimony: I am an alcoholic. That is a medical fact. I exhibit every single trait or warning sign. However, unlike members of Alcoholics Anonymous, the first-ever 12-step, I am able to drink without fear of falling off the wagon. I am in full control, and can drink socially, or for the matter, simply drink for the taste — I love a couple of Margaritas with meals each week, and I might take a single or double Shot of really good aged Scotch once every couple of months. I never get drink for a buzz or to get drunk. I have replaced any ‘need’ with simple moderation. I’ve been doing it for more than a decade.

In like manner, I’ve historically had a problem with pornography. I’ve spent countless hours each week chasing after some elusive fantasy which life was unable to provide in reality. No more. I am actually amused to say I can launch a porn movie on one of my screens, and work or play a game in the other, and not be drawn to the lurid screen by temptation. But if attention is drawn by something unusual in periphery, it is for no more than a reflexive glance, no matter how ‘hot’ the action. That dual-screen game was something I did to test myself, to see if I was cured. Poof! All done!

Both of these were serious threats to my wellbeing in many ways. No need to visit all of that. The important thing is, how easy it was to stop, essentially Cold Turkey, with JUST ONE SIMPLE STEP. Obviously, any physiological aftermath such as from cold-turkey ending of a drug addiction (or nicotine) will still need to be dealt with. But even after ‘drying out,’ an addict will still have the urges and temptations, and the worry about ‘falling off the wagon.’ THAT is what the 12-step is designed to address, and why the buddy system can be of great value, and why, once you join, you need to continue, FOR LIFE. With the one-step, you instead rely on medical advice and help for the short-term physiological aftermath.

Though Christian-based and thousands of years old, it is not quite like what you would expect, and certainly not exactly like any faith-based attempts you may have already seen fail. And, it works: it even helped me with my own targeting experiences. The simplest explanation is that it allowed me to stop knee-jerk reactions and to focus only on those things which enabled victory. Three times in my life I’ve been targeted, and all three times, I ended it through defensive and offensive efforts which would not have been possible, otherwise. The details are in my books.

As to the one-step, itself, explaining that is a lot harder than is the doing. Why? Because I would need to address endless questions about this, that, and the other aspect, as rightful Doubting Thomas, or apprehensive skeptic, might have — especially if unsuccessfully having tried something thought to be ‘similar,’ before. You would want it to fit the knowledge into the context of YOUR situation. It would make this blog more like a book chapter, to deal with all of that. Instead, I’m going to refer you to a couple of videos that provide those answers. They will move you, and motivate you, and educate you — and more to the point, allow YOU to fit it to your situation, be it targeting, or something else.

The first will show you who you really are on the stage of life, and open your eyes in ways you had not previously considered about Christian faith, even if well grounded theologically. It is an 11 minute mind grabber simply called The Gospel, but it is not going to be what you expect. It will give you the foundation within which the second video will have meaningful context. Watch it!

The second is actually a sermon delivered by the same man who’s voice you heard in the first video. He is Pastor Eric Ludy of the Ellerslie Campus, which is devoted to training missionaries and teaching Bible-based living. While you can bet no one there has any inkling about mind control or much to do with dealing with addictions, this sermon can easily apply to any addiction/abuse issue a 12-step might address, as well as to the emotional and psychological woes imposed by targeting. The ONE STEP is revealed in depth.

The title is Overcoming Sin. Any addiction/abuse problem is sin. Targeting is sin. The TI is induced by targeting into sin. Therefore, the solution is to overcome sin, in all these cases, and likely, many more in our daily lives. This is the secret that I’ve never heard any other theologian reveal, and never found in any book, though a casual glance might leave one thinking it identical in nature. In nature, yes, but fullness, no. I promise you, that if you endure the full 1.5 hour presentation, you will walk away amazed and eager to apply what you have learned. You WILL thank God! BAM! Just like that. Watch it!

As you do, keep these thoughts in mind…

• The sermon uses the topic of powers and principalities of ancient times to frame the lesson… and both addiction/abuse and targeting are born of powers and principalities, as is all sin…
• An addict/abuser ‘worships’ their particular sin of consequence…
• A TI ‘worships’ (by constant worried attention) their targeting issues of consequence (equating to sin)…
• Bending the knee to Assyria in the sermon equates to giving in to sin…
• So (the Pharaoh of Egypt) equates to you (your flesh, the Old Man) and your inadequate will power to resist sin…
• Which in turn equates to buying into the enemy’s (sin) Press Releases (that they cannot be resisted) wholeheartedly, accepting the belief the enemy cannot be overcome, by or of ourselves…
• If you listen carefully, you will hear echoes of 12-step program dialogs! They simply borrow the truth and apply it in their own way… and with respect to targeting, twist it to meet their own ends.

The above will help you to get more out of the sermon for the topical purposes of this post. If you get value from the sermon, you can find other of his sermons, here.

You may also benefit from select other posts related to targeting:

• TI Defense: 30 Tips to Help Fight Back
• Why am I Being Targeted? A Valuable Question for TIs
• FREE WILL: A TIs Greatest Asset, Oft Hardest to Employ
• How a TI’s Belief Structure Can Fail Them Dangerously
• Smart Meters, Stray Voltage, and Targeted Individuals
• Smart Phone EMF App No Value to TIs
• A TI with RF Measuring Device can = Dangerous Conclusions
• 7 Tips: How to outreach, preach, or beseech if a Targeted Individual
• Free Will Haven; Targeting Free Intentional Community for Stalking Victims
• Why Targeted Individuals should not hook up with other TIs
• Testimony to Mass. State Legislature on Bill Restricting Electronic Weapons
• A Glimpse of MC Realities (from the Preface)

‘Seeing Through’ NWO ‘Illumination’

The Antichrist is coming, and there needs to be a throne ready for him to occupy. Thus the New World Order is stepping up its one-world government effort and increasing their visibility in the process… and translucence… which equates to luciferian Illuminati-like illumination… often in the form of giant glass pyramids.

by H. Michael Sweeney proparanoid.wordpress.com   Facebook   proparanoid.net  

copyright © 2017, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this notice and byline, are included. Quote freely, links requested. Please comment any such repost or quote link to original posting.

 

 

What you will learn from this post:

• the Illuminati, Freemasons, Knights Templar, & Round Table Groups are the NWO;
• with the same fascination with ancient mysticism, occult, and numerology;
• and the same desire to associate their works with symbolism such as the pyramid;
• that they have been building pyramids seeking to employ mystical aspects similar to Cheops, the grandest of Egyptian pyramids;
• said pyramids sharing commonalities in occult alignments and numerological peculiarities;
• where one complex of pyramids is tied to a rather interesting conspiracy Egyptian in nature;
• and another complex of pyramids appears to involve hi-tech mind control;
• and is itself apparently aligned with all pyramids in Europe, and likely, elsewhere!

x

The Source of Illumination is darkness…

In several of my books touching upon aspects of the New World Order, I carefully point out the important role played by Freemasons and their involvement with the dark occult and, primarily, ancient Egyptian mysticism and numerology (specifically, where numbers can translate into meanings with magical powers of manifestation). I am not talking about the rank and file lodge members duped into thinking it merely a benevolent fraternal organization, but of the satanic High Masons and select Masonic operational organs which operate secretly, within. The satanic Illuminati, for instance, sprang out of and followed Masonic constructs and principles… and it was they who officially launched the New World Order movement in 1776, their goal to destroy all governments and religions, to replace with their own, providing a seat for the Antichrist. We can also thank them, and head Mason and avowed satanist, Albert Pike, for the KKK, and more.

It seems quite apparent to those who study the nature of Globalists who seek the N.W.O., that they are usually High Masons, satanists or otherwise steeped in the occult. They are often members of or work through the so-called Round Table Groups, such as the Council on Foreign Relations, the Trilateral Commission, the Bilderbergers, the Club of Rome… groups made up of power moguls who control corporations and whole industries, government agencies and military power, and media and education. These, collectively, can be called Globalists, because they seek a one-world government, which is needed in order to seat the Antichrist.

In their works, they frequently employ the same symbolism and engage in occult events right along side of others of their ilk (i.e., Bohemian Grove). While what they believe (occult) should seem silly to a rational person, I remind the reader that it does not matter what you believe to be true, or false… it only matters what they believe. If you fail to acknowledge their beliefs as part and parcel of their modus operandi, you will fail to recognize them and their works, and be unprepared for their plans as they unfold. And much has unfolded, in plain sight.

Here, I will focus on one small aspect of their existence which is quite central to their beliefs; one of their most sacred of visual icons, the Egyptian Pyramids. Pyramids, especially the largest, Cheops, are as important to the Masonic underpinnings of the NWO as is the Cross to Christians. More so, in fact, as it is far more than mere symbol, to them; it is a powerful tool, and their fascination with ancient Egyptian mythology is quite anchored in Cheops. One need only look at the pyramid found on the obverse of the Dollar Bill and its all-seeing eye, to find a stark example. Of late, for a variety of disparate but coincidental reasons, I have made more recent observations which relate to this notion… things which you can easily verify yourself by use of Google Earth.

Square one, the base lines of Cheops

Cheops is the largest of the Egyptian pyramids, having many astrological alignments and dimensional (numerological) mysteries, among them being it was said to have been located at the the center of all land mass; it’s axis therefore dividing the known Earth at the time into quarters; Cheops baselines were aligned due North/South/East/West. As the N.W.O. players gain in power and ability to establish a one-world government (needed if there is to be a single leader in the person of the Antichrist), they also become more blatantly visible as such a force, which means it more frequently relies upon ancient symbolism in its workings.

So, then, I wondered… might there be more than a few NWO pyramids being ‘hidden in plain sight’?

There are, of course, many pyramids around the World, especially the ancient stone variety. These come in two flavors; the Egyptian, the biggies with their seemingly smooth triangular shapes (as seen at a bit of distance), and the Mayan/Aztec stepped structures, a style not unknown in Egypt, and elsewhere for the matter. The Masons have only an interest in the former, it seems, but my curiosity was about much newer structures, those built with modern methods and materials. Would the many newer pyramids around the World exhibit traits similar to Cheops, such as alignments or dimensions of occult significance?

Absolutely. And why not? A glass pyramid is the perfect embodiment of both the ancient pyramid mythos and of Satan; sunlight reflecting from within and without by day, and electric light glowing from within by night — all work to render them both translucent and illuminated, with bright glaring highlights akin to the all-seeing eye, depending on one’s viewpoint and the angle of lighting/reflection. As a work of man, they are both awe inspiring and mysterious, working on the subconscious in unfathomable primal ways not sensed by the conscious mind without pause and consideration. Even so, one is apt to embrace and bask in their presence despite any darker connotations, for they are undeniably beautiful works of architectural ‘art.’

So let us pause and consider with conscious effort…

Square 2: a review of new pyramids around the World

There have been more than 50 new/modern pyramids quietly built around the World in the last several decades, most of them made of glass and metal, and strangely, more than half of them in North America. A couple are faux pyramids with incomplete architecture in and of their own, but one included a second pyramid on site, and the other had a completed pyramid at top, and so, were included in the study. The idea was to see if their base lines or diagonals aligned with other pyramids (ancient or modern), or if any three or more centers or corners might align. Examinations for numerological meanings were also to be considered, early on, but the growing number of pyramids made that effort too monumental. Still, some interesting discoveries along that line were made.

I found so many alignments (almost 150) and associated numerical translations in place that I felt it was appropriate to establish some sort of test group to illustrate the difference between conspiratorial intention and random coincidence. For example, at one point well into the project, EVERY new pyramid except one revealed between two and nine alignments with one-another, and/or with Cheops, itself. One had 18 alignments. So a simple control group was added: some 30 Mayan/Aztec variety, plus nearly 6 inverted modern pyramid structures were added to the study. If these, too, yielded such results, the study could easily be argued as being inconclusive.

But they did not.

Only one formed a single alignment with any other pyramid, new or ancient, and it featured no resulting numerological significance. Clearly, the massive alignments in the new pyramids were intended by the powers that be, those persons behind purchase of the location and setting design criteria as to angular placement, size, and location on the property… especially true when multiple pyramids at the same location (as is the case in ancient Egypt) were undertaken. Therefore, the test groups were excluded in findings, which proved validity of both the methodology and hypothesis. Since only the new pyramids (not inverted) formed alignments, it had to be by intention.

While about a third of the new sites are single pyramid locations, there are several with two or three (like the main pyramids at Cheops), 3 with five pyramids, and one with 8, across nearly 50 locations. I then wondered if perhaps other old, but not ancient pyramids or locations deemed ‘holy’ by the Illumnati might not also offer alignments. Adding a handful of small pyramid burial sites by Masonic persons of wealth and power, as well as the death site of Adam Weishaupt, founder of the Illuminati, and the ‘headquarters’ from which he operated his secret cabal proved that notion, as well. I was unable to discern his precise birth place beyond the name of the city (Gotha, which is ironic in its own right, because Weishaupt and the Illuminati were very goth).

At the point where I felt the matter was amply proven, I had by then added eight older sites, typically 100-200 years old, though one dates to 12 BC, in Rome. It is the Pyramid of Cestius, circa 12 BC, at a time when Rome was, like the Templars, enthralled with the mysticism of Egypt. It is a site well known to Templars and Masons. The others are all in Europe, save one in America, and two of them relate directly to the Illuminati; Adam Weishaupt’s grave, the ‘headquarters’ where he planned and executed Illuminati plans, and perhaps the definitive Knights Templar location — Templehof (Templar Temple House), all in Germany. As these last three are not known to have involved pyramids on site, they are only used in scoring other pyramids which align with them, and not evaluated on their own, even though they would score fairly high.

So the alignments created in total involved alignments between ancient, historically old, and modern pyramids. The symbolism and mysticism of such structures by their special alignments, regardless of if rendered in aged stone or in modern metal and glass — are clearly as important to their builders as the function and beauty of their designs. All were starkly beautiful, and quite functional, to be sure; a perfect way to subtly reinforce the notion of luciferian and Masonic imagery upon the subconscious minds of citizens otherwise mesmerized at what they were seeing… especially when illuminated to great advantage by sunlight or voltage.

The problem of useful presentation

But describing all these alignments textually makes for boring reading. I will give just two instances as example, next, as they are quite tied together. It will be the only review of numerological ties, though more like it, exist, and with notable frequency. Trying to present the topic graphically is also challenging for other reasons, but I will attempt that, as well, in a third review. I will then provide a very simplified summary of selected findings to illustrate the scale and nature of alignments found, with a scoring system to relate symbolic spookiness.

But first, a disclaimer is required, because I always challenge any Doubting Thomas’s to duplicate my research before they make any false presumptions as to validity of my findings, and because the research tool involved (Google Earth) has its own technical limitations with which carelessness can impact upon accuracy.

Disclaimer: regarding some figures and claims herein about alignments and measures, accuracy is sometimes more difficult to affirm via Google Earth. Google Earth allows an accuracy to within a meter or so at ground-level, but things can get more complex when one starts trying to plot and measure lines with accuracy to the far side of the globe, and/or where the locations may be nearer to the Poles than Equator, or on/near altitude changes. Satellite images used in Google Earth are sometimes taken at oblique angles on either or both the horizontal and vertical, such that visual distortions of a pyramid can make true angular alignment (in compass degrees) or even measuring its base length, difficult to accurately determine. When dealing with such angular imagery, the center of the pyramid will be other than visually depicted, requiring one to make cross lines corner-to-corner to find the true center. The quality of image can also vary, but generally, line placement accuracy can be determined within 1-3 feet (roughly the line’s width). The images for two sites were so bad that it was impossible to determine if base line/diagonal alignments existed, but at least their location was known with GPS accuracy for the purpose of central alignments.

Additionally, one must take care insure the Pyramid(s) in question are centered in the view, and to reset the ’tilt’ (View > Reset > Tilt) after zooming in, or additional angular errors can be introduced, as the lines one lays for determinations themselves ‘float’ above the ground. In fact, where the pyramid is quite large, one may find the line ‘crawls up the face,’ providing additional distortion which must be defeated. The degree of inaccuracy in any given instance should not unnecessarily render the information herein as invalid; the thrust and intent behind the location and positioning of glass pyramids is clearly not casually undertaken. Also FYI, distances between pyramids herein are rounded figures, if there is no mystical number involved.

Verbal presentation example

Paris features two glass pyramids at the Louvre Museum, one large, one small and inverted, which form alignments to four other sites (the only inverted structure to do so, likely because it additionally features a normal pyramid, as well). There are three much smaller ones, as well, serving as skylights, which I chose to ignore, early on, and then forgot about, later; they would likely have established other alignments, as similar skylights on streets elsewhere, had done.

Two of the alignments at the Louvre are baselines from the larger pyramid to the same pyramid site in Texas, where they also align with the baseline of one, and the diagonal of another of three found there, essentially parallel. Three more alignments exist to three other sites involving three corner/center combinations, one of which is Cheops some 3232 km distant. Masonry’s highest publicly acknowledged ranks are the 32nd and 33rd degrees. The number 3232 is a ‘magic number’ in Satanic numerology, because it is a doublet, which doubles its ‘power’ (amplifies its importance), and because it sums to 55 (another doublet), one divisible by 11 (a doublet which makes 33 three times as powerful), and further sums to make 10. Again, it matters not what you believe about numerology, but what they believe…

And, this is what they believe about these numbers:

In the occult, 5 is the number of the planet. According to one-time head of early freemasonry, and avowed satanist, Alistair Crowley, 11 is “the number of Magick, itself,” and of sin, or evil corruption. 10, on the other hand, is the number of ‘heaven and earth in interaction’ (‘good vs. evil‘), and the symbol of it in the Greek (‘deca’) is the triangle, of which a pyramid employs 4, which means ‘strength and integrity,’ which is certainly a trait of the Pyramid. For the matter, the number 32 relates to ‘inspiring of truth and living by it,’ which is to say… the very promise and implied hope of illumination.  Unfortunately, illumination means something rather different to those with a darker agenda, something closer to that which the serpent spoke of in the Garden of Eden. These are not the only meanings found in general numerology, but the ones preferred by dark occultists.

Extending the base lines of each of the Louvre pyramids westward 3500 m will take you, again in parallel manner, to the center unit of one, and a corner of the other of two glass pyramids built in Westborough, MA, by globalist pharma firm, Astra Zeneca (astra in the occult relates to supernatural weapons). Another line can be drawn from the lower corner of the larger pyramid at Louvre, through the center of the smaller one, there, to pass through the diagonal of the center pyramid of three atop a very Masonic looking Federal Government office building in Ottawa, Canada.

The smaller pyramid in Paris is 2 m shy of being 1/10th the base line dimension of Cheops, while the larger one is two meters more than 1/6th of Cheops. The larger Astra is 1/6th greater than the larger of Paris, and the smaller 1/2 the size of the smaller in Paris. The Ottawa pyramids are 1/4th the size of the largest at the Louvre, and 1/25th of Cheops, and 2 m shy of being 1/2 the smaller Astra. I would love to analyze the actual dimensions of all these, if they were readily available.

In Chile, the resort complex at San Alfonso Del Mar features a giant glass pyramid on the beach with four alignments. It is aligned such that its base line will bisect with the center of one of the lesser stepped Egyptian pyramids. Two more alignments are to diagonals of a pyramid in London, and one in China, 20 km from Hong Kong. A third aligns with the corners of two pyramids in Islamic Astana, Kazakhstan which, though richly expressing Islam in the property’s design, is also rich with Egyptian symbology.

The Chilean Pyramid base is also one/sixth the size of Cheop’s (38.3333 m, a number which is found many times in the fuller study in either location, size, or compass readings of various pyramids). It is located on the 38th Southern Parallel and the 32.32 Meridian. 38 sums to 11 (Magick) but itself can mean ‘Lucifer, the will of the Devil.’ 1/6th = 18%, where 18 = 9+9 (99 doublet) and 3 x 6 (666 triplet — even more powerful than a doublet, and Satan’s name). 18 itself means ‘Oppression, bondage, slavery,’ and = 3 (a ‘perfect number’ meaning fullness) x 6 (the soul of man) = 666 (legend/man/illumination).

A graphical review

Enough textual description; it is too boring and difficult to make sense of. Let’s try graphical, looking at hotel resort complex at Galveston, Texas, which also consisted of three Pyramids. This is one of several with 8 or more alignments, and perhaps the most interesting in terms of just what they align with, and how.

It may help to review what qualifies as ‘aligning,’ so you know what you understand why the lines look the way they do. The alignment must involve at least three points of contact between two distant pyramids, based on corners and centers. A baseline is two points, a diagonal or perpendicular from a baseline through the center being three points, but the distant pyramid must still have at least one such point of alignment, as well. If only one, it must be its center, but aligning with two corners on two different pyramids, there, is another way to align.

There are examples in my study were a baseline, perpendicular, or diagonal aligns with yet another baseline, perpendicular, or diagonal (four to six critical points total); a much harder thing to achieve. In like manner, some can be extended to align with yet other points of other pyramids at a third location; an even more dramatic alignment. I have found as many as five pyramids in three locations involved in a single alignment across the globe… with 14 points of alignment in all. These harder kinds of alignments should be next to impossible by random occurrence. Yet every single pyramid exhibits them.

And we have two such virtual impossibilities illustrated in our visual review at Moody Gardens, in Galveston, TX. Two of them actually involve Cheops, as earlier reference in the textual description, the ultimate of all possible alignments from the Masonic viewpoint. In fact, I find it the second-most interesting of all modern sites, in terms of alignments (the first, at Sauerland, Germany, is impossible to show in this manner as it enjoys 23 alignments. UPDATE: 43 in a row, and I finally stopped bothering!

Galveston Moody Gardens Hotel complex; three pyramids, one pink, one blue, one glass (gray), forming 8 alignments to six pyramids, including two with Cheops!

Clockwise from Noon in the image, we see an align to the Nekoma Air Force Station, an experimental anti-missile defense system long abandoned. What is interesting is that one of it’s seven alignments goes to the only pyramid in South Korea — quite dependent upon U.S. anti-missile technology. That’s interesting, because there is another pyramid in N. Korea, and one of its several aligns goes to the Las Vegas Casino pyramid, which in turn aligns back to the Nekoma site. It is as if both N. and S. Korea are ‘borrowing’ from American military power, after a fashion, to create or reflect a ‘stalemate.’

Next we have two aligns effectively ‘parallel’ to the ‘holiest’ of Masonic pyramids in Egypt, involving a total of nine critical points with three pyramids. There is then an align to the Rock and Roll Hall of fame in Cleveland, OH, where it passes through the center of both pyramids, there (one small, complete pyramid, and one very large incomplete, or faux pyramid. There, the base of the larger less the base of the smaller, is equal to 1/3rd the base of Cheops.

We find an align to a now defunct pyramid on Miamii’s beach. Fairly ordinary as alignments go, it was built as a promotional venue for the international beer company, Heineken. Despite being temporary, it was placed to form at least three alignments on its own. Then, in like manner to the two aligns to Cheops, we have two more going to the two pictured Biosphere pyramids, which, like the two Rock and Roll pyramids bisected with the same line from Moody Gardens, have both of their pyramids bisected with an align from Nekoma (coming full circle, if you will, to form a triangle). In fact, Nekoma is itself involved in a total of 6 such three-way triangles. One of those involves the Miramar retail store, our final align from Moody Gardens, for two such triangles sharing Moody and Nekoma locations. Miramar is the other incomplete faux pyramid, in that only two opposing sides are triangular walls. Miramar, in turn, with two pyramids, forms 6 aligns, including one to the very Masonic Capital grounds of Australia, at Canberra.

So far, we’ve only closely looked at two out of about 50 locations. You can see how hard it is to use either text and/or graphics to reveal it usefully. So let’s now try a different way, and employ a chart with a scoring system designed to rate the comparative ‘spookiness’ factor of a given ancient or historically old site’s alignments with new pyramids or other holy illuminati locations, including each other. To further reduce the clutter, it will then only look at sites which directly connect to them, in even briefer review, sans scoring. The scoring system replaces trying to compute and display the actual odds of the alignment, which would be as high as 10 figures:1, in many cases.

For example, the odds of just a single alignment of the simplest kind, center to baseline, diagonal, or perpendicular or to two corners of two pyramids at destination (earning the lowest possible score of 1 in my scoring scheme) would have actual odds of 202,500:1 against. That is based on the notion of worst case accuracy of 1/10th of a degree of arc… meaning that each pyramid would have 10 x 360 degrees of potentially useful compass positioning, divided by 8, as there are 4 lines the pyramid which establish a total of 8 possible compass vectors. You need to multiply each pyramid by each of the others involved if aligning to another baseline, diagonal, or perpendicular. A baseline to baseline alignment odds would be 164,025,000,000:1 by such reasoning. Such odds are multiplied further by additional alignments at the site. Argh!

Technically, that’s too simple, because angular placement is not the only factor. Size and relative positioning plays a role, too, when two corners/centers of two different pyramids at the same site are involved, but I’m not going there without a super computer!

Now, if you want to argue that the actual accuracy we should using is tighter than that, implying room for error in ‘finding aligns,’ consider for a moment that only one alignment with the Mayan/Aztec pyramids was possible using the same accuracy as I employed. That makes a pretty good case that the alignments were intended regardless of whatever actual accuracy was employed. Even if you allowed for my own human error, there are so many alignments that they could not all have been for my error, given the Mayan/Aztec set enjoyed no similar quantity of errors. But by all means, feel free to correct my math/assumptions if you are of bookmaker caliber in computing odds, but I’m pretty sure I’ve got it right, based on some experience in statistical data analysis; I once ran my own marketing research firm which ran probability studies. No matter: we will use scoring, instead…

Scoring is as follows:

• center point to corners of two pyramids or a base/diagonal/perpendicular of 1 pyramid (simple alignment) = 1 point for the alignment;
• base/diagonal/perpendicular to same (complex alignment) = 5 points for the alignment;
• Bonus 5 points for any parallel alignments or alignments to multiple pyramids of one site to multiple pyramids of another site (parallel/pair alignment);
• any extended link to an additional pyramid (extended alignment) = alignment score x 5;
• link to Cheops (Cheops alignment) = x 5;
• link to other Egyptian pyramids or Illuminati sites (Illuminati alignment) = x 3;
• link to other historically old sites (Masonic alignment) = x 2;
• 1 point for each alignment and for each pyramid at site;
• magic numbers, angles, dimensions, etc., not part of scoring;
• Cheops gets a bonus of 33 points, Illuminati sites 11 points, Masonic 7 points
• maximum score limited to 99

Egyptian Pyramids 13 aligns w 6 pyramids on site (Δ) = 99 points: 29°58’44.54″ 31°8’3.65″
Complex Parallel to Sauerland (5+5 points), 3 Simple Parallel to Dubai (6×3), 3 to Sauerland (6×3), 2 Simple Parallels to Galveston (6×2), Complex to Niagara Falls (5), Simple to Louvre (1), to Eatonton GA (1), to San Alfonso del Mar Chile (1) 85 total +33 > 99.

x
Cestius pyramid in Rome 5 aligns w 1 Δ = 99 points: 41°52’34.97″ 12°28’51.16″
Complex Extended (three times — 4 Δ at 3 sites, in all!) to Manitoba Capitol and on to Miramar Retail (5x5x5x5), Simple Masonic to Karlsruhe Mausoleum (1×2), Simple to Pheonix Jeju S. Korea (1×2 – Phoenix is Masonic/Egyptian), to Sauerland (1), to Portsmouth UK (1) > 99 points

x
Star pyramid mausoleum Scotland 3 aligns w 1 Δ = 34 points:  56° 7’19.42″  3°56’43.72″
Simple Illuminati Extended to Weishaupt’s grave, to Gold House IL in opposite direction (1x5x5), Simple to Cooperative Bank UK (1) 27 points + 7 Masonic site = 34

x
Karlsruhe pyramid mausoleum 7 aligns w 1 Δ = 27 points: 49° 0’33.22″ 8°24’14.05″
Simple Illuminati to Illuminati HQ (1×5), Simple Masonic to Cestius (1×2), to Kazakh RU (1×2 — rich with masonic/egyptian architecture), Simple to Dubai (1), to Edmonton Capitol (1), to Cal State U. (1) 20 points + 7 Masonic site = 27

x
Bickling mausoleum UK 2 alignments w 1 Δ = 13 points:  52°49’9.01″  1°12’48.36″
Simple Illuminati to Illuminati HQ (1×5), Simple to Sauerland (1) 6 points + 7 Masonic site = 13

x
Schoenhofen Mausoleum Graceland Chicago 2 alignments w 1 Δ = 13 points: 41°57’33.56″ 87°39’34.09″
Simple Illuminati to Illuminati HQ (1×5), Simple to Sauerland (1) 6 points + 7 Masonic site = 13

 

What follows is a simpler summary of the first few of the destination sites mentioned sites as evaluated from their position…

Sauerland 23 aligns, 8 Δ, Dubai 13 aligns, 5 Δ; Moody at Galveston, 8 aligns, 3 Δ; Niagra Falls 2 aligns, 1 Δ; Louvre 7 aligns, 2 Δ; Etonton GA 2 aligns, 1 Δ; San Alfonzo del Mar 4 aligns, 1 Δ; Manitoba Capitol 9 aligns, 9 Δ treated as a single Δ as they all directly touched one another 3×3, and were each relatively small; Miramar Retail 7 aligns, 2 Δ; Pheonix Jeju S. Korea 6 aligns, 1 Δ (note: N. Korea has a Δ, too).

These are all quite typical of all sites evaluated, globally. The only site which scored 1 (1 align) was a site which has had its 2 pyramids removed/destroyed, disallowing angular alignment determinations, though the center of one of the pyramids was known, allowing an align by that method.

CONSPIRACY ALERT: That site, by the way, is tied to a little known conspiracy surrounding the Nuwabian Nation, an all-egyptian-like community of almost exclusively black people which was seized and razed to the ground by the U.S. and Georgia State and County governments. They were allegedly targeted for being a cult, subversive group, criminal organization, nest of child abusers, or a swindle… depending on who you ask. Seems like everyone had a pet excuse, including YouTube who seems to regularly censor vids on topic for their usual list of fabrications. Note the resemblance in some of the ceremonial dress to masonic lodges such as the Shriners (Nuwabians, like the lodge system, also use the terms, Orders, and Lodges). All Egyptian is wrong, too; they also were adoptively and by blood associated with Native Americans of the Yamassee Federation of Tribes, among them the Seminole.

I count at least 8 pyramids on site before destruction. The black pyramid , as primary ceremonial structure, was the only one I was able to locate, but not know its alignment with any certainty. These people were very serious and deeply involved in their culture building and adherence, despite the amusement park-like construct of their community.

Note on mausoleums: What we see in our review is that the three mausoleums share unique ‘coincidences’ in that each aligns with an Illuminati historic site honoring Weishaupt, and each in turn is honored for having done so by Sauerland aligning with them. There are many such pyramid mausoleums in Europe, America, and a few scattered elsewhere, far too many, in fact, to encourage me to dig further. Regardless, as the very first and only three reviewed all shared these two features, I’ve no doubt that others do, as well. A single Mason could easily undertake a single such alignment to a point of their own choosing, and more modern pyramid builders could easily accommodate at least one or more such mausoleums in their own alignment considerations. This brings us too…

Sauerland, enigma equal to Cheops

Sauerland is one of the newest of all sites, a complex of 8 pyramids which appears it may even involve mind control research. It certainly defies normal property development, architectural design, and building contractor norms in several ways. First, its location is on a hill overlooking an industrial park, and despite looking like a luxury retreat, is in fact the corporate campus of biomed tech company, Rayonex Schwingungstechnik (Rayonex Vibration Technology). It started with three pyramids, and has since grown to eight.

Second, the site has an adjacent and extremely unique high observation tower (about 110′ high) which overlooks the pyramids and the valley, just high enough that morning sun could shine through the large holes in the upper level and onto the pyramids, creating unique shadows. This was a trick employed in ancient Egypt using Washington Monument style oblelisks, such that at a certain time, a shadow might point to a secret place within the greater site (as seen in Indiana Jones and the Lost Ark. The tower’s corner shadow does fall over the pyramid property. But, let’s just call that a pipe dream.

You do have a pipe of some sort, don’t you… and a whip and hat?

Third, each building is offset irregularly and apart from each the other with no obvious pattern or reason, and likewise, quite contrary to normal designs, angled one from the other up to 3 degrees or so in compass alignment. It is my belief that this is what enables it to accommodate so many alignments, a thing which would require planing with a fairly complex computer program, to determine. Finally, again unlike most complexes, even where ‘luxury’ is intended, no two buildings are built or designed the same; each has an entirely different layout and appearance, though some features at least look similar. Usually, a cookie cutter approach to keep costs down would be employed. Yes, even in corporate campus design.

Then there is the very small pyramid surrounded by a water feature. I found construction photos that show a drill being used on a hole there, approximately 1 meter wide, with smooth walls. It was associated with an article on geothermal drilling which led to a very interesting YouTube promotional video that is really worth the watch; it will intrigue and educate you. After watching, though, ask yourself if the expense this likely represents would normally be deemed appropriate for a small fish pond? The video seems to address that with a blanket statement, but does it, really?

I learned also, that the small pyramid over that hole is the only one on the property using metal walls. The other, larger pyramids use some kind of unusual looking material which requires special application, according to other construction images I found. The panels used on them might logically be radiographic in nature, designed to limit or enhance radio waves of select frequencies, given the nature of the company’s work, as you shall see. In like manner, I can imagine the holes drilled by that machine could be used to install an array of underground EMF sensors or emitters. The video implies the array of radially and laterally drilled holes provides a series of ‘pipes’ which may in fact be perpendicular to one or more of the pyramids. Just why these possibilities are raised, is covered below.

Also unusual, is that one of the original three pyramids (perhaps more, now) is strictly for therapy use, with ten therapy stations. In each pyramid, a security computer controls all lights, window blinds, and door locks, and though there is no manual switch anywhere within for any of these, each workstation is said to have its own localized control over these features. But the security system computer can override, which makes it a rather creepy place with respect to potential for political control and overbearing security solutions against occupants, Big Brother style… especially if you don’t have authorized access to a workstation. Undoubtedly, there are plenty of security cameras, and I find it disconcerting that some pyramids have no windows, whatsoever — normally a code violation, unless a warehouse or factory. One must ask why so much expense and devotion to therapy and externalized security control over environment would be required? Let’s take a peek, and see.

The answer raises more questions. This is a unique kind of high tech firm. Their product/services would seem to involve mind enhancement, mind bending, or even mind control, but certainly relate to biophysics and therapy of some kind. One or more of those possibilities is very likely; the firm does research in electronic frequencies upon the human body (bioresonance), among other things. According to Wikipedia, bioresonance is all based on pseudoscience, which is a polite term for ‘made up BS by con artists’. Dunno about that, because…

This is also the sort of stuff useful in DEW Weapons for behavioral control (Political Control Technology). Of course, such tech is always researched and funded based on some good it might accomplish, including the combating of electrohypersensitivity, which many TIs suffer from because of their constant DEW targeting, or some preexisting natural sensitivity. I have it, myself. But once a patent is filed and governments or dark-minded NGOs get wind…

Now, about that tower… What if it was for security guards overseeing grounds security should an alarm goes off of some sort. The tower does have its own large building which might be suitable to house a security force. Hold that thought in mind while reading the next paragraphs. Turns out it is not just an observation tower, and not just any building. And, while guards might be rather far fetched a notion, there is more to consider.

The pyramid shape is also known as a Frustum by Masons; a shape used by the military in times of old in a manner not unlike a Tank Trap. Like a tank trap, as a shape, it cannot be easily overcome when several are placed together, there being no level foothold between them (a steep V shape), and its sharp corners, especially at the top, inhibiting climbing. More importantly, because its sides are sloped, one cannot hide behind a frustum, if the enemy holds high ground… such as a castle wall… or a high observation tower. Just exploring possibilities, here… but far-fetched or no, it fits the spookiness factor of the place.

But as stated, that’s not all. The platform is merely the top level of what is actually a mine shaft elevator lift. The building is currently a mining museum with access to a huge abandoned mine; they actually take you down into it with hard hat and light, etc. So, like Cheops, there are underground passages beneath the Sauerland pyramids. It is, of course, possible that some of those passages might be remodeled into something else entirely different, like many old mines are, today. It is even possible there are ways to access them from within one or more of the pyramids. Now wouldn’t that be a mystery to discover and explore, whip at the ready? However, all this causes me to hope no one would go drilling a bunch of radial holes over an abandoned mine… if they didn’t know exactly where the mine’s cavities were…

Now, last mystery. Look carefully at the top of the platform at the left corner nearest. No. That’s not a machine gun, though it can potentially be used to ‘shoot.’ It’s appears to be Yagi antenna, normally used to transmit or receive microwave signals in an amplified manner, along a narrowly aimed path. But wait! Where does it aim? At the top of that tower, as high as it is, the thing is aimed squarely at a hillside nearly four times as high as the platform. Useless, as seen. But wait! Just beneath the top rail is a what looks like a motor; the shaft can rotate. At the top is what appears to be a motor at an appropriate angle to change vertical angle. The white object appears to be a housing of a control system operated remotely. I used to sell such systems for video security setups based on microwave relay. Pretty sure of what I’m seeing. And, there is a second pole identical to the first which could be similarly fitted, and which may have been since the photo was taken.

Why would you want that? Well, you might want to tune in distant TV stations, except they don’t broadcast in microwave. You could use it to grab someone’s cell phone signal, if you knew exactly where their phone was, to aim it. There are yagi antennas that can be used for those things, but they would look different. But what if you owned a bioresonance laboratory with some human guinea pigs? What if you could place them in rooms within a pyramid, where the slope of the pyramid was roughly perpendicular to a high mounted, aimable microwave transmitter, such that every subject got exactly the same dose of signal at the same time, or such that you could specifically target a given subject with a unique signal? It would probably look a lot like Sauerland. You think?

I only mention this, because older pictures, before the pyramids were built on site, don’t show such a ‘gun.’

Is it a conspiracy?

If one concludes that it is impossible that by mere chance alone, every modern and non Mayan/Astec-style pyramid should align with other pyramids, including Egyptian… then it has to be by intelligent design by agreed-to planning by a group of many persons with like agenda. That it is done covertly and involves mystical occult reliance… removes it from the realm of benevolent methodology or intent. That these pyramids can be found in countries of opposing political, religious, and ideological beliefs… precisely fits the Illuminati model and game plan established by its founder, and reflected in Morals and Dogma, the ‘Masonic Bible’ written by Albert Pike. That the only persons financially and powerfully placed are able to arrange for such things tend to also be members of Round Table Groups and are often also Freemasons… would seem to cement all these considerations into a single image: that of a conspiracy. That there is the possibility that it even involves mind control is, to say the least, the ultimate and most heinous form of conspiracy.

“Every man is entitled therefore, to give any explanation of the symbols and a system of the doctrine that he can render palatable…  Of all the means I know to lead men, the most effectual is a concealed mystery.” — Adam Weishaupt

 

 

 

There is a Mark of the Beast Implant with YOUR NAME on it

This is an old topic that’s lost traction in the public eye, but in the background, the enemy continues to work ever closer to fulfilling prophecy about Mark of the Beast. Now, employees are being asked to implant themselves in order to get snacks, get through doors, and access workstations and photocopier.

by H. Michael Sweeney proparanoid.wordpress.com   Facebook   proparanoid.net  

copyright © 2017, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this notice and byline, are included. Quote freely, links requested. Please comment any such repost or quote link to original posting.

What you will learn reading this post:

• what RFID is, who is behind it, and why you should fear it;
• about Digital Angel, and the bio implant tracking version of RFID;
• why you should fear it, put away petty ideological differences, and unite against it
• what you can do to defend against it;
• the greater strategy RFID is in support of (the ultimate threat). 

 

Invasion of privacy tiny in size, massive in scope

Tracking implant quite similar in shape to a much larger one found in my own leg some 35 years ago. State of the art, today, are smaller, translucent, bond with and look like human tissue: invisible to a surgeon and to x-ray. MRI sees them as a blemish. Less sophisticated units without GPS/cellular/wifi capability can be as small as the period in this sentence.

Recent news stories, including a particularly scary one referenced in red text, herein, have forced me to draw upon years of research and dig out my old PowerPoint presentation, 666 Reasons for Smart Dust and RFID Technology, as presented as the keynote presentation at Conspiracycon 2010, in Santa Clara. Any definitive presentation must go back to the beginning, or the dots won’t quite usefully connect. This is going to impact YOU in YOUR LIFETIME. Actually, it already has, and you just don’t know it; the water temperature is slowly being raised on we Frogs, and it’s quite hot, already. Hopefully… we can somehow jump out before its too late.

Smart Dust and RFID tracking technology are quite related, but Smart Dust is not going to be a part of this presentation, except to say that it is nanotech capable of much more than RFID, but it is not an implant. While it is represents its own significant threat to social, financial, and physical security and well being, it is less useful than a tracking implant for the population at large, and cannot play the role of Mark of the Beast. Fortunately, it will not likely ever be used against anyone not deemed a high-priority national security risk. You know, like Will Smith, in Enemy of the State.

The less costly Digital Angel implant

RFID, however, is the very heart of the tracking bio implant, the most obscene version and infamous of which is Digital Angel. That’s the name of a CIA front central in pushing for implants, but also often used to describe their chip, itself as a product trade name. They also offer a wide variety of tracking systems which are non implant, such as wearable items like watches and ankle bracelets.

But we need start with a broader view on RFID to fully understand the greater threat this topic represents. Non implant (and seemingly harmless) versions of RFID are already used to track an endless array of products, and you are quite likely to bring them home every time you go shopping. In retail, it is mostly benign, but it becomes the bedrock of a useful personal tracking system.

What?

Mostly benign? Check this out, an edited and updated excerpt from my book, The Professional Paranoid: How to fight back when Investigated, Stalked, Harassed, or Targeted by any Agency, Organization, or Individual (third ed.) Excerpt begins…

 

Smart Dust, RFID, and the Mark of the Beast

 

i want you to consider the first letter of this sentence; the lack of capitalization is not a typo. I wanted to draw attention to the dot above the letter ‘i.’ There is a reason… there is an RFID invasion taking place, and some of the invaders can be just that small.

The Bible tells us that in the End Times, there can be no transaction between persons for goods or services unless both parties have the mark. Revelation 13:16-17 “And he causeth all, both small and great, rich and poor, free and bond, to receive a mark in their right hand, or in their foreheads: ¹⁷ and that no man might buy or sell, save he that had the mark, or the name of the beast, or the number of his name.”

Though the Mark of the Beast is thought of as being the number 666, that is not quite the case. That is the number of the Beast himself (the Antichrist) in numerology evaluation of his name. The original words used in the original Greek texts of the New Testament can be translated to mean ‘insert’ as well as ‘mark.’ Thus there are growing numbers of people who think that some form of Digital Angel bio implant will be the actual marking device. This section will illustrate that likelihood and educate you on just how close to that day we may be.

This will make sense later: implants are the mark for the hands of peons, and marks on the forehead are the mark for meons.

What is Digital Angel? It is a firm which is known for a series of tracking products, including bio implants, all based on RFID technology. Simply put, it is a passive device which, when scanned with a low-energy RF signal, responds with a signal of its own, broadcasting a unique identification number or other data. Early versions of this are still commonly found in clunky removable/disposable merchandise security tags installed by retailers which can trigger alarms when shoplifted goods exit the store. In the modern version, the product manufacturer includes the chip which enables the same feature without the retailer needing to do anything but take delivery of the goods.

There is a whole emerging industry based on RFID, and it, in turn, impacts on almost all other industry sectors. The industry is driven at its heart by the military and intelligence community with the help of corporations who are part and parcel of the NWO elite, as defined by the makeup of their directors and other corporate leadership or ownership. What they want to do with RFID is mind boggling, as is what RFID is capable of in terms of invasion of privacy. To start, they want every single product manufactured and sold to have its own unique RFID tag, and are pitching it to manufacturers and retailers as the next evolution of bar code.

Similar chips in credit cards technically allow purchase without the need to remove the credit card from the wallet, though they currently require us to scan the card. But all that is really be needed is to specify which of several credit cards we might be carrying was desired to be used. That could be verbal, by touch screen, or smart phone application, which avoids producing the card. RFID is also being built into phones for comparison with credit cards nearby, to allow verbal telephone purchases to be made without the need to verbally confirm credit card details. The bio implant is ‘sold’ to us as a convenience to replace all of that (examples to follow).

That is the ‘convenience’ under which it will be sold to us in the retail world, and if a cash register can scan these chips, so can the device at the door looking for merchandise which had not yet been purchased. Why stop there? Anyone can put small and hidden scanners (with or without cameras) anywhere, and for any reason… such as at every doorway where some form of security or tracking feature is desired. By scanning RFID credit cards, the identity of everyone passing through is logged and time stamped without their knowledge or participation. Actually, any RFID tag on your person can do the same thing (it is being built into clothing), because your identity can be associated with its purchase. And that is just the beginning. Ergo, the national ID ‘Real ID‘ program is based on RFID, and eventually, the human body itself will be its on RFID ‘ID.’

In the very near future, it will serve law enforcement. At the scene of the crime detectives will often find discarded items potentially belonging to a suspect. They analyze these for clues, such as fingerprints, to build a list of suspects. In a world of RFID-only purchases, every object also identifies who purchased it, when, and where (often also useful clues in prosecution). What about cash purchases to thwart RFID records keeping? Not a problem. You didn’t think for a moment that those little slivers concealed in the left-hand portion of your new money was truly just a counterfeiting deterrent, did you? Put anything but a $1 bill in your microwave oven and it will explode when operated… a trait of RFID. Moral of the story; don’t casually discard product wrappers, especially if you think someone might use them to implicate you in a crime; burn them.

Actual TIAO logo

But it gets worse. For any of this to work smoothly, somewhere, someone needs to catalog and keep all those transaction records and make them available for government’s needs. Enter the Total Information Awareness Office (TIAO), AKA the Terrorist Information Awareness Office. This was modeled after an expanded version of FINCEN (Financial Crimes Enforcement Network) capabilities (check this out); and was MILITARY led and very Intelligence community friendly Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA) project. I’ve seen the original DOD call for papers and the final description of capabilities and intended uses for the TIAO, and it has little to do with targeting terrorists. Instead, it has to do with capturing records of EVERY transaction between EVERY citizen and business, as well as the passing of ANY citizen through ANY doorway in selected locations. Further, it will track vehicles past checkpoints and can log other kinds of interactions or transactions between people and each other or real world objects (i.e., machinery, vending machines.)

Everything in this image under Transactional Data, and all the little colored storage systems (the cloud), and Corporate Memory, comes largely from backdoor access to RFID-based data. The red Privacy and Security dotted line was added AFTER privacy concerns, to imply a search warrant would be employed (untrue). Intel data would include access to NSA’s massive global wire tap, as well as all of the other 16 spy agencies of the U.S., and those of friendly nations.

Update: TIAO ‘went away’ due to public protest and ‘too many questions,’ including “Why was the head to be a convicted criminal participant in Iran Contra, an ex Naval officer of significant credentials tied to CIA and the Pentagon, John Poindexter?” And yet, it did not actually go away. It has instead been quietly replaced with the OIA; the Office of Intelligence Analysis, another new super-secret spy agency operated out of Homeland Security. They, in turn, gently established ‘Fusion Centers.’

Fusion Centers are ‘sold to us‘ as a happy pill having nothing to with dark deeds, and as being established by cities and state governments in order to share information between partnering civic and federal agencies, local businesses and NGOs for improved security against terrorism and ‘other threats.’ In truth, they are hotbeds of social spies who operate external of the centers within those groups of partners on behalf of DHS and the intelligence agencies. It is often a source of organized gang stalking, and a collection point of ‘data’ about ‘other threats.’ We are the threats, and the data is obtained through backdoor access to the ‘data’ about us found in participant computers, including RFID transactions, security and traffic cams — and via gang stalking and the associated psychological profiling. It is a kind of fascist Brown Shirt group without the uniform, replaced with a smile and handshake… and big eyes and ears.

And worse still. If government decides it wants to know even more about you, a black van can drive by your home and scan it to collect the sum total of all information from all RFID tags (or Smart Dust) found within the home. They will quickly know EXACTLY what is in your home, where you got it, how you got it, and when. This gives field agents the ability to gain access to that kind of information in a very focused way instead of having to run tedious database searches which would necessarily include bureaucratic handling and, perhaps, the dreaded and feared need for a pesky warrant.

And, worst of all, the ultimate expression of RFID privacy abuse is to put one in the human body, with or without the target’s knowledge. The question is, how close are we to this nightmare, and what can we do about it? The answer is, we are frighteningly close, and in fact, it has already been happening for decades.

1. RFID is already being put on thousands of products you buy today. Even common mundane consumer goods like Gillette razors and Max Factor makeup have been ‘chipped’ with RFID. Walmart pioneered its use, and used cameras (which opens up a whole new personal security threat for the chip) to track customers through the store, and record RFID transactions. There are also shopping carts with built-in ‘product information displays’ which can track every item you handle while in the store, and profile your shopping experiences over time. You can bet there were cameras connected to scanners scattered throughout town by CIA or the military (Walmart Board included ex military and intelligence agency types at the time), as well, to see where else you went and what else you did, to test it as a spy tool. Many manufacturers have placed orders for hundreds of millions of RFID tags and millions of scanners. They have to be in use somewhere.
2. Many tens of millions of RFID equipped credit cards have already been issued. You can spot these visually if they are transparent, or if the credit card number has a lot of zeros in the middle, or a gold foil rectangular emblem about ½ inch square. Though sold to us as a ‘security feature,’ they are the opposite: content can be stolen by proximity scanning without your knowledge, and then the RFID and card can be cloned by thieves for use at your expense. I’ve caught such a thief scanning at the doorway to Walmart. He was pretending to be making a phone call… pacing back in forth in ways that maneuvered him in behind victims. But there are also home-made scanners which can scan from hundreds of feet away.
3. Most cell phones use SIM card technology incorporating RFID (the SIM card, more than the phone, identifies the authorized user). This is often used in phone apps to facilitate cardless credit transactions (i.e., iPay)
4. Virtually every maker of cash registers and point of sale systems is developing low-cost attachments to existing cash register and credit card scanners to sense RFID, as well as whole new systems to replace the old with simplified operation and reduced cost — this allows self service checkout and the elimination of the sales clerk, so it will be promoted as a ‘cost reduction’ tool. But don’t expect to see savings passed on to consumers. Money already has the needed strip in place and it likely has been RFID capable all along without our knowledge.
5. All employee scan cards use RFID. Hotel room key cards use RFID. Federal Express, UPS, etc., all use RFID shipping labels. Monthly bus passes, season tickets, and the like, also employ RFID.
6. Pets and livestock have been being implanted with RFID for decades. Within the last ten years, thousands of people have, as well, largely through efforts to chip children ‘to protect them against kidnapping.’ There are nudist resorts where you can volunteer to have one injected to represent your credit card information for purchases at nudist-camp points of purchase for services and goods. Otherwise you must carry your wallet or purse and keep an eye on them. What fun is that if trying to commune with Mother Nature and your bank account? In July of 2017, a company announced break room vending systems and software to allow implanted employees to access snacks without money. Learn more here. Soon, you will see implants being promoted for use with parking meters, fast lane highway access, and on, and on, and on.
7. Bioimplants can easily be implanted in a human without requiring their knowledge or consent. All they will know is they woke up with what seems to be an insect bite. This can be done while they sleep via covert entry of their home, or at distance with a special pneumatic sniper rifle.
8. According to several news accounts, countless livestock has been slaughtered with the implants still in place, their meat ground and sold, and consumed by unaware purchasers. Despite massive recall efforts, not one package of meat was recovered. RFID implants are made of glass, plastic, and poisonous metals.
9. Some school systems are requiring children to use their fingerprints with scanners in order to get their school lunches. This is bad enough, but the firm that makes the equipment used also offers an RFID attachment in lieu of the fingerprint scanner, and mentions implants in their literature as an option.
10. One maker of RFID, in marketing it for aircraft part identification in an assembled aircraft (the goal being to track parts which might be subject to safety recall, and a feature useful in crash investigations) chose a trade name for their RFID of ‘The Mark.’ The part number when Boeing Aircraft orders it from the maker is alleged by employees to be 666.

 

What can you do to defend against it?

Aside from sharing this post, not much. Be very vocal and protesting at every opportunity any discovered use of the technology. You might demand RFID tagged merchandise be detagged or the tag neutralized before you leave the store, but that would make you look crazy. However, organizing endless group protests can have an effect. Any firm that covertly uses it should be razed to the ground (sued into oblivion for violation of privacy). Any government office holder should be kicked out of office if they support the technology in any way, shape or form, or simply fail to oppose it. In my opinion, preparation for revolution should be made if these efforts fail, because that would be the only remaining recourse prior to full enslavement.
Back to the bible. In The Book of Revelations where the reference originates, there is also one more clue RFID will be the basis of the Mark of the Beast. One at a time, the Seven Angels open the Seven Seals to unleash seven deadly punishments upon the unfaithful on the earth. One of these states that those with the Mark of the Beast will suffer severe pain and many will perish from it. A subtle clue.

As it happens, there is one feature about RFID which must be told to make sense of this, and it suggests how to thwart the tech: if exposed to high energy radiation, RFID heats up incredibly and explodes. A burst of high energy radiation levels will literally destroy it… such as an intense solar CME blast (Coronal Mass Ejection – a high RF/EMF energy field). At this time, I cannot tell you how to generate such an energy and safely use and aim it, but it has been suggested by other experts than a ten second microwave oven exposure should be sufficient. Now if I just had a portable unit I could waltz through the retail Aisles with… set to ‘Burst’ mode… but you can bet there will be or already are laws written to make that illegal.

But there is something simpler which also defeats the technology. Metal shields the signals. Thus wrapping a National ID or an RFID equipped credit card or object (i.e., chipped hand) in aluminum foil defeats the device’s ability to communicate. When the revolution comes, if that is our future, there will be portable devices which anyone could build from easily obtained parts to detect or destroy RFID at will. I fear the day this is needed. I also say woe to those involved in the use of RFID should it come to that. End excerpted material.

There is one other thing you can do. The response time for reading a scanned RFID is very brief. There is a ‘failure’ in reading called ‘tag collision.’ When too many RFID tags of the same frequency (usually dictated by type of tag/use of tag) are present in a confined space, the scanner can fail to capture the data, or capture the wrong data. Therefore, if one were to collect dozens of RFID tags of various types and put them into a bag to carry along with them, it would effectively become a scanner blocker. Keep all your old canceled credit cards in the same wallet as your valid ones, sandwiching the new between the old, and pull them ALL out to select the one to use, holding them all in the same hand to swipe.

I also advise against Smart Appliances, and smart meters. RFID is at the heart of interaction with Smart Meters, which in turn is its own invasive privacy and stalking threat (widely experienced as a directed energy weapon). Worse, it is tied to mapping of the interior of your home; the floor layout, location of furnishings and other appliances and electronics, smart or otherwise. Programs are being developed to allow such mapping information to be available to manufacturers of smart devices and used to market to you based on use of not just their product, but all products. Naturally, all that can be accessed by government, as well… and hackers partnered with burglars.

I also suggest taking advantage of these resources as contingency against the worst:

How to war with the NWO; How to survive the NWO; and Localized defensive strategies.

 

The history of RFD tells all

It starts with Howard Hughes, though he was a victim, not an instigator. Most of us are familiar with his rise to being the richest man on Earth in his day, and his fall due to a mental condition which impacted his ability to interact with people, and life in general. The untold story is that once debilitated, CIA agents and Mormons (CIA likes to recruit from Mormans, and Masons, because such cults have secrets and know how to keep them through compartmentalization and other methods) became his ‘caregivers and managers.’ He trusted them, and they took advantage.

Once in control, his vast resources were diverted to CIA control and application. Hughes Shipbuilding built several spy vessels including the Glomar Explorer and companion vessel, both designed to retrieve sunken Soviet Subs. Hughes TWA aircraft and assets were diverted to form (over time) three different CIA ‘airlines,’ including the most recent, Evergreen Aviation, which wound up acquiring Hughes’ Spruce Goose for its museum. Hughes Tools, the financial cash cow of Howard’s meteoric rise, a maker of drilling systems for the oil industry, would eventually become Enron, and we know how that wound up vanishing billions of dollars into thin air. The remnants of Enron’s data processing center would be applied to CIA fronts engaged in porn (to profile user sexual preferences for possible blackmail application), web site hijacking (I was a victim of that, documented here), offshore gambling, and 4-1-9 scams (Nigerian money investment scams).

Then there were Hughes operations which would evolve to serve CIA’s efforts in Political Control Technology development and application. It starts with Hughes Aircraft’s electronics division, eventually become Hughes Electronics, which invented the RFID concept. These were originally used to identify and track cattle, marketed through Hughes Identification Devices, but also found their way into humans involved in early (late 1940s) non consensual CIA mind control projects and Atomic Energy Commission radiation experiments on civilians. I wound up with one in my leg, when as a child, when I was injected with a radioactive substance in Yakima, near the Hanford Energy Reservation.

From Hughes, the chip was migrated to Destron Fearing, and from there to our friend, Digital Angel. We will come back to them. More CIA fronts or partners duped into participation would be created in America and globally to market implants for humans. They do big business in ‘police state’ countries, often for the purpose of chipping persons in the criminal system. Of course, it is privately understood they are good for tracking anyone you wish to track, such as embarrassing political activists and whistleblowers.

LocatePLUS is a Homeland Security created and CIA infected front which pushes the implant in America and advertizes that it maintains 12 billion records covering 98% of the American Population. The DHS/CIA knows all about you and is making money selling you to anyone with the money. In America, the front markets to FBI, ATF, DEA, and 2000 law enforcement agencies, primarily non implant products such as ankle bracelets.

In Europe, the front Worldwide Information is a LocatePLUS spinoff doing much the same. Global reach far outstrips American consumption (there are a lot of fascists out there, in almost every government system): Universal Microchip in Italy, IDECHIP S.A. markets in Ecuador and Brazil, Solusat Medica in Mexico, Scientific Innovation and Integration (SII) in Korea, Taiwan, China, and Japan, Inforlexus Inc., for Malaysia and Indochina, Biometronix for Germany, Glezer Technology in Israel, and Cybertek in Puerto Rico. This list continues to grow; the Swedish firm Biohax International is behind the implant for snacks story.

The primary American front (a sister to LocatePLUS), Metro Risk Management Group, sold $13M worth of chips over 5 years to the Bonneville Power Administration (to track fish, officially). BPA is a Department of Energy firm which had in the same time frame been in the news because of high-tech spying operations having been detected taking place in their facilities… while BPA and Enron were significant others in the same bed. The U.S. Military contracted for $24M, while they sold $1M to private citizens wishing to chip their children or themselves. They sold $7M to the greater Intelligence community, and $73M for ‘internal use,’ which is to say, CIA, itself. Such orders are a combination of implants and scanner systems, both portable handhelds and installable units for security gates and doorways. A typical order might consist of hundreds of thousands of devices and a thousand scanners.

All this data represents 2005-2009. Sales are increasing over time, but increasingly hard to track for a variety of reasons, including corporate name changes, mergers, spinoffs, and other tactics often seen in CIA fronts trying to be a moving target. And the implant business is a target by activists and activist organizations worried about invasion of privacy and civil rights, to say nothing of some kind of New World Order nightmare ending with the Antichrist at Armegeddon. And, they are constantly being sued in court for a wide variety of reasons.

And this brings us back to Digital Angel, the key point in the bioimplant tracking food chain. As stated, a lot of business names and hanky-panky tactics are often employed by CIA fronts, as outlined in The Professional Paranoid, a privacy/security how to which, in covering that topic, helps readers to identify who is really causing the bumps in their night, should they be so unlucky (as was I). So let’s take a look at Digital Angel, again based on older ten-year research (I’m not going through that, again).

Let’s talk corporate names as clues: though most commonly known as Digital Angel (Florida), also DBA Verachip, they were formerly Applied Digital Solutions… which was formerly Applied Cellular Technology (because RFID tracking often relies on cell phone services)… which also used the DBA ACT Financial… formely Axiom Information Technology… formerly Axiom Computer Consultants… DBA Great Bay Acquisition Company (those all based in Wisconsin/Minnesota). Digital Angel divorced itself from Verachip (being sued out of business), but then Verachip merged with Steel Vault… which became PositiveID, which then in turn tried to acquire Digital Angel… which also operates Signature Communications in the U.K., where it might (conjecture based on company data and ties to CIA fronts) enjoy backdoor access to encrypted government radio communications, the assumption being that receiving units employ an RFID chip which, like the cell phone paradigm, authorizes descrambling of transmitted data, as well as authenticated identification of the sender and recipient. Finally, Digital Angel, also being sued and hounded, ran off to the U.K. where they now promote themselves as “a developer and publisher of consumer applications and mobile games designed for tablets, smartphones and other mobile devices, as well as a distributor of two-way communications equipment.” But they still push implants, and through Signature, the two-way communications gear.

Let’s talk facts as clues: Digital Angel does not make RFID. No. They merged with Destron Fearing, the actual imputus of modern RFID systems claiming to have invented RFID technology. No, that was Hughes Aircraft’s Electronic Division. Digital Angel at one point claimed to be founded in 1948. No, but Destron Fearing was founded in 1945, did the RFID for cattle thing in 1948. No one cited so far, actually makes RFID tags, the heart of the implant. No, that’s Raytheon, a military/CIA contractor… formerly known as Hughes Aircraft. That makes sense, since it is the U.S. Army which tracks all RFID tag assignments (unique tag number assigned to (whatever) user data). Meanwhile…

Let’s talk connected dots as clues: CIA’s HHMI (Howard Hughes Medical Institute) is steadily pushing for the use of RFID in both implant and non implant versions to hospitals (49 major facilities as of 2005, more every year) and the medical industry at large, and Hughes Satellite and Hughes Communications services RFID tracking systems via cellular/wifi. How do I know this? By temporarily working for both Hughes Satellite and a major cell phone carrier where I was able to verify specific cell phone traffic and routing of tracking data. The phone account was tied to an individual which shared an address with one of the above firms (how I found it). And that led to finding dozens of such phones for more firms. And even more looking at other fronts known to me outside of the RFID playing field. In fact, such details are part of my evolving insurance policy against ‘accidents.’

Let’s talk key people as clues: Another CIA front trait has to do with who is involved in the corporate structure. At ADS (old data) Dr. Richard Seelio was Director of Medical Applications. Really? He is a Bariatric Surgeon, so he knows how to suck fat out of your thighs, not exactly as advertised by his title (a typical front man). The Senior Vice President was, prior to installation, a small time lawyer (a cutout man). A look at the Board of Directors of almost many of the above firms variously will find persons of wealth and influence, persons with backgrounds or ties to military/intelligence (or both), and persons with membership in the nefarious NWO Round Table Groups, such as the Council on Foreign Relations, Trilateralists, and the Bilderbergers. This is a kind of corporate structure is a fingerprint that lets anyone track just who are the trackers.

The other shoe drops

As I wrote this, I was listening to radio, where Clyde Lewis more thoughtfully reviewed a greater enveloping matter on his Ground Zero show, things equally important to understand, and far more sinister. Listen to it, here. The short of it is that chipping people is not just about spying on them, it is about control. It will enable a complete rewrite of social, political, religious, and economic existence, and the script is already being followed step by step, RFID again at the core. You didn’t think ‘Global Warming’ was about weather, or that Transgender Issues were about rights, or that Terrorism was about political or religious ideologies, did you?

It is, all of it, in support of ‘a brave new world’ which the New World Order seeks to establish, a world where there are only three classes of people. While my friend Clyde did not use my labels for these classes, he did so describe: there will be Meons (a Club of Rome/Bilderberger label based on an ancient word for someone worthless, less than a peon ­– a ‘useless eater’ who will not likely survive the NWO on their own, and who will be made to ‘go away’ in time); Peons who will be usefully employed to run the system (government, business) for the elites; and the Elites, the 1% of the 1% who will rule.

Clyde explains how the Middle Class will be eliminated, divided between those willing to implant and deemed useful (peons), and those unwilling or deemed useless (meons), and the a host of new topics and proofs you have likely never heard of, and more. Naturally, the upper class will be peons, and the lower class, meons. Bio implants (part of Transhumanism) are key to all these plans. You had better understand all of this or you won’t be able to cope, and likely, will end up in the red list for population reduction.

 

Who’s Killing the Bilderbergers?

Some 17 years ago, the Unified Conspiracy Theory was formulated. It was so accurate — it was able to predict in 1999 the 2001 downing of the WTC by jetliners and resulting Middle East Oil Wars, and other major news events. Now it can be seen at work in my newest book on the Bilderbergers — where fact and fiction collide… fatally.

 

by H. Michael Sweeney proparanoid.wordpress.com   Facebook   proparanoid.net  

copyright © 2016, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this notice and byline, are included. Quote freely, links requested. Please comment any such repost or link to original posting.

 

Upate Feb. 20, 2017 Paranoia Publishing is set to start shipping hard cover copies of this book as early as first week of March. Amazon will carry it right away. ebook copies available direct from author now at half price ($6 – will return to normal price once hard copy is available) via paypal orders to proparanoidgroup at gmail com. 

What led to this book? The definitive International conspiracy.

After ten years of research into crimes of the New World Order, I began to theorize that the bulk of America’s dark bumps in the night were not simply random crimes by assorted forces for varied agenda, but completely orchestrated as a single, logical, step-wise plan toward a single, yet visible goal. It resulting in the Unified Conspiracy Theory, and it was reasoned that if one knew the goal, and the steps thus far taken, such a plan was predictable, and as a theory, the ultimate test would be to do just that.

The first three predictions made with the UCT were so scary, that I had to take actions, do something… anything I could think of, to attempt to thwart them. The first was, that some kind of terror event would bring down the WTC with jetliners, and result in a series of Middle East Oil Wars. So, in the Fall of 1999, knowing no authorities would bother to respond usefully, or quickly, I published a quickly written screenplay featuring such a plot, and put it online with explanative warnings, hoping against hope it might force any such plan to be aborted. No such luck, of course, even though Oliver Stone’s people took a look at the script in search of a project. They thought it an impossible ‘false flag’ scenario.

 

The second UCT prediction was an assassination attempt on 1992 Independent Presidential Candidate H. Ross Perot, or his family, in order to force him out of the Primary run against Clinton/Bush. I took no chances, and this time, notified the Secret Service of my concerns, expecting they would ask me for details. I used my backchannel contact, someone I had worked with before on several Treasury matters. Some several weeks later, Perot did back out of the election, even though the very night he did so, he had won enough votes to be guaranteed a place on the General Ballot. A few weeks after that, my SS contact confirmed that an attempt had been made just before the Primary, against his family; mailed Anthrax. That has its own telling ‘false flag’ backstory.

The third was that there would be at least two more major false flag attacks to follow, specifically naming the type of attacks, and the cities. One of them was my home town, which I had predicted would suffer a bio-terror attack, and I even identified the means of delivery and rogue CIA Fronts to be used. But by the time frame where that might become a more current concern, I had finished my book set, Fatal Rebirth, which spelled these things out quite clearly, again hoping it might spoil any such plan. I also took steps to notify the City.

Again, no useful results, but fortunately, knowing such details enabled me to personally thwart that attack, or at least postpone it. It is featured on this Blog’s home page.  But I was definitely able to thwart second, different terror attack in the same time frame, likely a Plan B to the former. It was called Gas Station Tasking when announced by President Bush; the use of private planes to dive bomb the area’s largest gas station while a tanker truck was offloading gasoline, at the busiest time of the street traffic day. This is also detailed on the home page.

This could easily have taken out two gas stations, four restaurants, two banks, two two hotels, and potentially, two major shopping complexes, and the traffic on the busiest intersection in the County, plus a major Interstate and two State highways. Identified, were two of FBI’s Top Ten Most Wanted Terrorists, and others, including the Christmas Tree Bombers. They were getting help from an FBI Agent known to me, and so, as it was a false flag operation, FBI, CIA, FAA, DHS, in response to my going public, never asked for my evidence, which included fingerprints, video, multiple eye witness confirmations, and more. The cover up was started before the President even heard about it. See home page.

 

Why UTC matters to this new book

Other UTC predictions have since come to pass, as well. The reason this is all mentioned here, at all, is because the UTC does not just affect America, it relates perfectly to World affairs, as well. And in this world, we have various Round Table Groups of Globalists who push for a One-World Government, which is to say, elements of the modern-day Illuminati. Such groups as the Tri-Lateral Commission, the Council on Foreign Relations, and the Grandaddy of them all, the Bilderbergers, and many more (even United Nations, World Bank, et. al), all tend to be cut from the same New World Order mold.

This image relates to one of two strings of real World International murders footnoted in Who’s Killing The Bilderbergers, as cited in this book. From http://humansarefree.com/2016/06/mainstream-media-finally-admits-mass.html

 

Which in turn is to say, largely fascist, all-too often satanic, and decidedly power elitists seeking to rule the World through manipulation and control of (everything), and willing to do so at any cost, by any means. Not to go overboard, it is important to note that, with the exception of the Bilderbergers, most Round Table Groups, like FreeMasonry, attempt to draw in newbie membership who are completely innocent Sheep. This gives surface viability and credibility of these groups to mainstream in ways which allow them to mask the darker roles they play in seeking the Globalist rule, while also giving fresh students to draw into their world, especially the more successful up and comers. There is a backstory there, as well, as I have first hand knowledge, x 2 telling examples, having been such an up and coming business man.

Ergo, this new book is designed to do much the same thing as Fatal Rebirth; to warn you just what these people are doing, and why… and why you should be mad as hell about it and doing something to stop them. Only, my new book is global in scope, where Fatal Rebirth concerned itself only with America. And, while Fatal Rebirth began unfolding in 1947, Who’s Killing the Bilderbergers is a current-day affair. As such, it is perhaps more urgent, that you read it, and soon — because the future is revealed to be bleaker than the Dark Ages and time of the Inquisition, for those not forewarned and forearmed.

 

The plot thickens

I describe this book as ‘an International Novel of Novel International Affairs.’ A grand murder mystery across multiple Continents, trying to resolve mysterious death after death of prominent Globalist leaders. Are they simply random deaths by happenstance, or murders by elaborate design? Officially, they are not due foul play, and yet… each one has many unanswerable questions clouding that view. Just as troubling, their deaths seem to be tied to various strange conspiracy theories, while at the same time tied to various Globalist agenda, either narrative affording motive for murder. And, of course, it is soon enough discovered that they all turn out to be Bilderbergers.

Each Bilderberger tends to be an Officer or Board Member of multiple corporations, and has sway over yet others through major stock holder positions, or contractual agreements. Of course, many of these companies, in turn, control other companies, sometimes, long lists. Now, imagine what this Cloud Map would look like if we knew the actual identity of ALL Bilderbergers, and not just this handful. Then add CFR, Trilateral Commission, Club of Rome, Council on Foreign Relations, and on, and on; the Round Table Globalists; the modern-day illuminati.

By the time the truth of the deaths starts to be uncovered, the UTC will have started to reveal itself in action. In like manner to UTC’s ability to be predictive, readers will be propelled quickly into the future, headlong into the one final prediction which is the ultimate form of fatal rebirth… for us all. That particular prediction WILLmost certainly come to pass; it has, after all, been foretold by many authors well before my time. Among them, Satanist and high Mason, Adam Weishaupt; it is the entire purpose of and predictive goal of the Illuminati Plan, as he formulated it in 1776, when the group started their journey toward a New World Order (he first coined that term).

As this book reveals, just when it comes to pass, is largely up to you. You, are what you’ve been waiting for. They hope you don’t know that, and remain Sheeple.

 

An important detail

And, along the way to that story-ending element, readers will also encounter countless real-World conspiracies laid at the feet of Bilderbergers, all done in ways which let the individual decide for his or herself, which, if any, may seem fanciful, and which are more likely true.  There is much documentation within the main body, plus more than 150 footnotes (an average of one every page turn), to help that process along. Some of those footnotes are illustrated graphically. The Climax and Ending will then show you the progressional nature of the Globalist plan as it unfolds toward the very last step in the plan, the point of no return for Mankind. These conspiracies back up the UTC usefully, and in fact, understanding them helps refine the UTC more usefully; one tends to validate the other, in both directions.

 

 

 

Crime Series: Ten Unexpected Proofs ‘Random’ Mass Shootings are by Intelligent Design

Ten easy-to-grasp but remarkable proofs, both visible and hidden: Illuminati style mystical symbolism and related ancient magical mysteries, calling cards, bragging rights, and Warlock spells cast against America, and the World. Conventional clues, too.

Are there any patterns in mass shootings? 

by H. Michael Sweeney proparanoid.wordpress.com   proparanoidpress.com   proparanoid.net  

copyright © 2014, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this notice and byline, are included. Please comment any such repost to original posting.

Is there any proof mass shootings are not random?

What you will learn reading this multi-part posting series…

•  there are 10 interlocking proofs that mass shootings are not random;

•  they include various kinds of patterns, visible and unseen, and even coded information;

•  that the pattern predicts itself, and understanding may therefore help stop the murder;

•  that the codes and clues seem to be like signatures identifying the architects.

Are mass shootings by intelligent design?

Introduction: Ten Proofs ‘Random’ Mass Shootings by Intelligent Design

Is there a mass shooting conspiracy?

Note: This series is not yet ready for full presentation, but the most recent Fort Hood forces me to start releasing the material without delay. The reason for delay has had to do with an inability to provide high quality graphics suitable for proofs. This will be overcome, shortly, I hope.

One thing you need to know about me as an investigative writer or, as media and government would prefer you to think of me, a ‘conspiracy theorist,’ is this: whenever I decide to take a close look at a potential conspiracy or lesser matter, I do it right. If I cannot uncover something no one else has brought to light, I’m either not finished, or I’ve backed out concluding it beyond reach, or a dud. If you read my findings on a given research, you will undoubtedly learn something FACTUAL no one else had previously discovered or brought to light. And so…

In this matter, we find the shear volume of startling new information overshadows and renders original headlines and competing theories essentially meaningless — especially media’s version. It will make you angry. It will scare you. The question is, will it motivate you to do something about it? YOU are what you are waiting for, you know.

But in introduction, there is still one other point which must be made; it is in form of a problematic question. Can I get you, the reader, to override your current belief structures long enough to  consider the unusual nature of the findings? This presentation will most assuredly fly in the face of what most people consider ‘traditional wisdom,’ but it also will explain why it is non-the-less valid. Can you handle the Truth, or will you wimp out to the comfort zone of current beliefs?

Area all mass shooters psycho?

On suspending belief structures

Dormer was not quite a ‘Mass Shooter’ incident, at least not at a single location/time. But the affair highlights the problem of accepting ‘random’ as the right word to apply to shootings when there are so many problems with the official story. CLICK to learn about why many people think him just another shooting patsy.

I began a ten-year research project for a book, Fatal Rebirth, in late 1989, which also begat a screenplay published on line in 1999 (The Electronic Apocalypse). In the book’s Introduction I urged the reader to suspend their belief structures briefly and read the material as if merely fiction for entertainment’s sake, because many of the concepts within were so new and unusual as to defy belief — likely seen as ‘far-fetched’ by most uninformed readers. I offered over 1,500 footnotes and a huge Appendix section to help them consider why I deemed them factual.

This blog post should be read in like manner, especially if you are content with government’s actions, are a politician, member of a government agency, military, or any part of the justice system, or Media. Especially if you are involved in a mass shooting incident as a professional or a victim seeking to know the truth. And even more so if you are gun owner, or even among what 2^nd Amendment supporters refer to as a ‘gun grabber.’ I plead, therefore, that you suspend your belief structures briefly as if reading a political/horror-science fiction piece.  That’s what it is, actually, minus the fiction component.

You will, like readers of Fatal Rebirth, I would hope, realize the truth by the time you reach the end. Or, at the very least, you will be entertained for all your reluctance to let the message sink in and take root.

If nothing else, even if you choose to doubt some of the more obscure subtopics (i.e., relating to mysticism) have any factual basis in REALITY, consider this: it matters NOT what YOU think, given they ARE taken as real by persons likely to be behind any such conspiracy (i.e., ‘Illuminati’ Satanists). You MUST also ask yourself, “Can the sheer magnitude of interlocking clues be ignored?” Because at every turn they defy the odds of coincidental probability, as illustrated by carefully crafted control study groups. If thinking logically, you MUST concur that intelligent design is revealed despite what you may think about the logic of the beliefs which lay behind it, or the unusual way in which the evidence was revealed.

Pending you conclusion, by all means feel free to think me mad if you must. Read just for fun, but please read it through to end before you render final judgment as to if madness or truth be present. A logical reader will be converted unless their mind is already so firmly made up that they do not wish to be confused by facts which destroy their belief structures. Judge not what ye know not, but that upon which ye are well informed and have considered fully, judge freely.

Your future and the future of your children could well be at stake, a statement applying to all mankind. Why do I say this? The book mentioned above, Fatal Rebirth, was based on trying to illustrate what I call the Unified Conspiracy Theory; the notion that all of America’s darkest bumps in the night for the last half of the prior Century, forward, were not random oddities by random people for random agenda, but carefully orchestrated by the same core group of people with but one goal for the World in mind.

I termed them Shadow, but they are also known by other names; the New World Order, the Illuminati, the Power Elite, Globalists, and among them, member names like CIA, Skull and Bones, Bilderbergers, Council on Foreign Relations, and many more of like nature. Their goal I termed End Game; the establishment of a One World government, a single seat of power in order to seat the Antichrist upon his throne and bring us to Armageddon.

The Unified Conspiracy Theory, once justified in research and taking shape in book form, led me to realize that their stepwise actions over fifty years of mysteries were indeed leading to one goal. Knowing the goal, I reasoned, it should be possible to forecast the next logical steps. So the book also included within its presentation several terrible event predictions expected to take place in our near future. Thus far, though I do not claim to have gotten all event details precisely correct, many terrible forecasts have already come to pass. Among these were:

a) an assassination attempt on Ross Perot or his family to cause him to drop out of the Presidential Race, a matter which indeed transpired using mailed Anthrax according to a Secret Service back channel contact;

b) the false flag downing of the World Trade Center by civilian passenger jets which;

c) resulted in a series of Middle East Oil Wars. Other predictions include two more terror plots which are part and parcel of this blog post. Those are…

d) a false flag nuclear attack on Charleston, S.C. and Portland Oregon (the later of which I have already thwarted, it seems – see middle of my home page), and more to the point…

e) MASS SHOOTINGS.

Note: you can get a free copy of Vol I of Fatal Rebirth (ebook) by email request to pppbooks at Comcast (net). You will be glad you did, as it will take you far deeper into the Rabbit Hole than Alice or Neo had ever gone. This pill is black, though trimmed in red, white, and blue.

So, if ready to suspend your belief structure, let us begin. Pretend there is, despite media’s recent attempt in the Cincia shooting to portray anyone who believes in the New World Order as mentally ill and anti-patriotic, that such a conspiracy is actually afoot. Also pretend, if you must, that Political Control Technology in the form of the Manchurian Candidate is real. There are real-life Jason Bournes out there, as my book, MC Realities, and other books on Political Control Technology illustrate more than adequately. Even the Smithsonian channel knows.

This will make the key postulations, testing methods, conclusions, and proofs of the core material easier to accept, especially as they will be offered in the manner of scientific discovery — exactly as I undertook them as investigative writer. You will, in fact, be able to retrace my work to double check it, if you wish — as long as you review the full series of posts and sidebars before you attempt it, lest you make a critical error.  Please subscribe to my blog pages to insure you are notified as the remaining posts in the series are added.

Are mass shootings are by intelligent design?

The Investigation

Jason Bourne… though fictional, is based on real-World programmable assassins. Do you suppose CIA or anyone else would not find something useful to do with failures in such programs? Might they not make excellent disposable patsies? Image/film: http://www.imdb.com/title/tt0372183/

Some several months ago, insulted by media’s misreporting of Aurora and Sandy Hook and outright clues that a disinformation campaign was afoot, I began finding ample cause for concern.  But how might one determine if other mass shootings were arranged as part of some kind of sick criminal conspiracy, one which might involve both real and faked shootings?

I started with several basic presumptions of truth, and then set about to see if the logical evidence such presumptions would require were indeed in place.  The ‘illogical’ presumptions fostered by the Unified Conspiracy Theory requiring suspension of belief are as follows:

1)    That Shadow and their Globalism requires destruction of America, and its Constitution in order to enable forming the North American Union, a matter which in turn requires that the Right to Bear Arms is first invalidated, and arms confiscated or gun owners otherwise neutralized in a manner similar to that of the Australia;

2)    That the New World Order, the modern day Illuminati, if you will, would be well capable of undertaking a campaign of gun violence for such cause, but being an Illumined Power Elite lost to Satanic and Masonic mysticism, they would employ mystical constructs which would leave detectible footprints if knowing what to look for;

3)    That the principle tool of such a plot would involve a small army of patsies, cut outs, and fall guys, principally from a category best known to the public as Manchurian Candidates. It may additionally involve a small army of blindly obedient members placed within our armed forces, the intelligence community, and law enforcement to aid more indirectly in supporting roles. This would include logistics, psyops, and cover up, or even command and control, generally unaware as to the truth or reason behind their orders. These are the same players frequently found playing key roles in the lives of mind control victims at large.

All three presumptions must be true to make a proper accusation, for they comprise the basic proofs of any crime: Motive, Opportunity, and Means. Normally, we think of opportunity as meaning access to the scene of the crime, typically proven by forensics such as fingerprints, or better yet, actual eye witnesses. In this case, they deliberately left their fingerprints, in a manner of speaking. In fact, the bulk of the proofs fall into this category, perhaps even naming individuals behind the plot. At the very least, we are indeed dealing with the Elite, those involved in principalities and powers.

Indeed: Two names have already surfaced by such clues, and both are billionaires. I also have a dozen other names of likely conspirators, but no names are released; these things are my Life Insurance Policy.

Sidebar Post: On Programmable People. This sidebar post addresses the notion of the possibility that at least some mass shooters are mind controlled patsies, and reconciles their coexistence with truly random shootings ­­— those which are more naturally spontaneous crimes — which can collectively still both be component parts of the same intelligent design.  This leads us to the finer details of how shooting event locations and dates lend importance to our consideration, and just how these things can additionally reveal intentional, yet concealed clues.

Here it should be mentioned, that many observers of the New World Order crowd favor the supposition that among their leadership we might find the modern-day Illuminati in spirit, if not in actual blood lineage, even though they may have since assumed a different family name. By way of example, in my research, I have had reason to conclude that the Rotheschild name was assumed; those assuming it being Knights Templar in hidding, their wealth derived from Templar treasure, and not truly Jewish by ancestry or faith, at all.

Many who favor the notion of a Modern-day Illuminati additionally believe, as do I, that there are at least two, and as many as four groups competing with each other within the movement to be the ones ‘honored’ to have one of their own selected to become the Antichrist. Much of what is discovered in this investigative series will point to this being true in one way, or inherently implied in another. It is, in fact, one very good reason to employ symbolisms and other clues which act as signatures of those so bidding for selection.

Such evidence was abundant, even easy to find, and I remain convinced that the trio of presumptions are sound enough to warrant seeking incontrovertible proofs. I sought such proofs both in quality and quantity sufficient to illustrate that ‘random’ was not the right word to describe mass shootings, but rather, ‘intelligent design,’ is.

The path of my continued investigation led to endless shocking discoveries, but there was a problem: to describe the methods and explain findings to the casual reader would, it seemed, require a tedious educational process and boring, repetitious citation of facts. It would be about as fun to read as a spreadsheet or database. Not good.

People want visual sound bites easily grasped. More so if Sheeple content with their Evening News and easily frightened off by words like ‘conspiracy theorist,’ and ‘New World Order,’ or similar. Worse, the investigation bogged because of the real life tragedies each shooting represented. Proper investigation meant exhaustive study of individual events, reviewing endless horrific detailed accounts and sad, brutal media imagery. It was taking an emotional and even physical toll upon my body and mind, and my spirit. Eventually, instead of plodding along 10-14 hours a day as at the start, I found myself barely able to work on it a few hours a week.

I played with several ideas on how to present the story NOW, without completion of the full study, for there is indeed already a mountain of proofs uncovered. But again, the complexities in presentation left me feeling it a hopeless task. Finally, I decided to break it down into about a dozen short compartmentalized components suitable for a series of blog posts. Frankly, I’m hoping it will spur someone to offer useful help; it will take funding and staffing to properly complete the study. Or better still, perhaps some Sheriff or other authority will assume the duty as result of shootings in their jurisdiction.

Follows is a synopsis of the Ten Proofs to be presented. There will additionally be, at appropriate points, companion posts detailing the scientific methods or other analytical procedures involved in select proofs where a doubting Thomas type may wish to challenge the validity of claims. I firmly believe that for my proofs to be accepted, they should be presented in a way such that ANYONE can duplicate my work and verify accuracy and conclusions.

This is a legitimate investigation despite its atypical and unorthodox methods and odd topics involved. NOTE: links will NOT WORK until the various posts involved have been posted. You may click on them to discover their current state. Again, subscription to this blog will notify you when new posts are added.

What are the ten proofs of a mass shooter conspiracy?

The Ten Proofs in review…

Proof One: Gun Grabbers Selectively Ignore Mass Shootings, Conceal Patterns;

Any time you find a cover up, you necessarily have a conspiracy to contend with. Gun grabbing groups, including government and biased or puppet media forces, should be using every opportunity to make their case for gun control, but act as if the bulk of gun violence never took place. Why do they employ selective blinders? There is a reason.

Proof Two: Shootings Exist in Identical ‘Magical’ Categorical Clusters;

The Illuminati loves magical numbers, as they can translate into meaningful words or names, or leverage ‘spells’. Interesting then, that basic shooting statistics establish set after set in the most magical and potent number of all, one which decodes to ‘Satan.’ This alone reveals dramatic coincidences well beyond the possibility of random chance.

Proof Three: Shootings Exist in Endless Sets of Three Forming Straight Lines;

The same Dispersal Pattern Studies method applied by government researchers to UFO sightings reveals Mass Shootings do something UFO sightings allegedly do not: form repetitive patterns with GPS accuracy, doorway-to-doorway-to-doorway.

Proof Four: Straight Lines in Turn Form Complex and Perfect Shapes;

When it comes to symbolism, nothing outperforms a graphical shape. Better still when that shape itself has magical properties or relationships to other shapes, or its own hidden or obvious meaning. 

Proof Five: Shapes in Turn Form Complementary ‘Magical’ Clusters;

It defies odds that perfect shapes should cluster together in ways which share overlapping lines or corners, and be generally both aligned and mirrored in additional symbolism.

 

Proof Six: Shootings Also Relate or Depict Masonic and Satanic symbols;

Select shootings define such symbols with precision. Masonic Symbols are rendered in 3-D. Satanic Symbols are positioned correctly for magical application by Warlock.

Proof Seven: Shootings Form Multiple Lines to Cheops Exactly 500 Miles Apart;

Extending select shooting lines finds them bisecting at the ancient Cheops Pyramid to establish a series of lines all of equal degrees of arc. But that just prepares us for a bigger bombshell.

Proof Eight: Shooting Lines Also Depict Cheops in 3-D Cutaway View;

The Great Pyramid in Egypt is one of the Holy of Holies to Masons and some satanic cults, and is specifically tied in mysticism to the End Times and historical catastrophic events. This one will scare you.

Proof Nine: Shooting Sets Share ‘Magical’ Data Points Which Decode to Messages;

Shooting line sets share three or more identical magical numbers within their data points. These decode to tell us when and where the next shooting will be, name a shooter, or perfectly prophesy some specific outcome.

Proof Ten: Individual Shootings Examined in Micro Duplicate the National Study Proofs

Two examples are offered; Aurora and Sandy Hook. They not only duplicate the ten proofs, but they mirror each other and one points to the other.

Why are mass shootings on the rise?

Are you ready of this? Buckle up!

So let us begin. I propose your best bet will be to SUBSCRIBE to my blog pages so that you are automatically notified as new posts are made to complete the series. Please link, share, tweet, etc., and by all mean vote your ranking at page top of each one, and comment with your questions, criticisms, or thoughts. How else will other know this is important?

Do bear in mind as you read, each offered proof individually seems to defy the odds or logic path required for truly random shooting events. Collectively, it is monumentally clear. Also bear in mind that I am human, and I, like any other, am prone to making mistakes. A ton of information had to be entered and copied from one location to another multiple times (multiple database and software applications). Therefore, either because of a mistake on my part, or perhaps because of a mistake in media or other accounts/records, any given individual data point in any given set of proofs may be found invalid.

By all means let me know if you find such a discrepancy, but please remember this: a single error in a single data point does not invalidate all other data points, and therefore, does not invalidate the conclusions or the suppositions, themselves. In order to dispute my findings, you will need to offer proofs that the method is flawed, the entire data set was in error, or analytical logic was faulty. More: such dispute must address and ultimately invalidate all ten proofs, or short of that, offer equally viable alternative explanations which fit the findings and afford a more innocent explanation.

Since each proof tends to defy all possible odds of random coincidence, and does so consistently, again and again, naysayers will have their work cut out for them. More so, because in many cases, control groups have been established to show truly random data points enjoy no such pattern. I have done my homework, and carefully so.

I will demand the same of naysayers.

Go to Proof One: Gun Grabbers Selectively Ignore Mass Shootings, Conceal Patterns

Go to Side Bar: On on Programmable People

 

The REAL Reason FEMA Promotes Emergency Preparedness?

FEMA and the rest of government seems quite paranoid about disasters of late, but clues suggest there are hidden reasons behind urging preparations — not the earthquakes, floods, nor fires they talk about. Conspiracy theories based upon dialogs by geophysicists, astrophysicists, and politicos seem far more likely the cause, and that puts a whole different face on what ‘preparation’ should involve and mean for you.

Why is government pushing emergency preparedness?

by H. Michael Sweeney

copyright © 2013, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this paragraph, are included.

Can we really trust FEMA?

Reading this post series in three parts you will learn…

• That there are significant reasons you absolutely should have an emergency preparedness program in place;
• These reasons go well beyond natural disasters FEMA implies of concern;
• There is a logical preparedness program that accommodates all concerns…
• A program which should be considered by privately-held businesses as well as families:
• It is NOT approved by FEMA, DHS, the Military, or other elements of the New World Order

What is the history of the emergency broadcast system?

Time was…

I very clearly remember the ‘Red Scare’ spillover from McCarthyism which translated to ‘fear the bomb’ in the 1950’s and 60’s… starting with the Eisenhower White House: Air Raid sirens were tested weekly or daily, typically at a fixed time of day as if a Church Bell announcing Noon. I was a teen during the Cuban Missile Crises under Kennedy, when talk of the day was the home Fallout Shelter, and at school, we had ‘duck and cover’ drills as often as fire drills. But the scare wore off by the 70’s, and sirens and shelters were no longer in vogue, though every downtown building tended to have a well marked public shelter.  Yawn.

Fast Forward, Bush I White House: For no visible or announced reason at all, the Emergency Alert System (EAS) and CONELRAD Radio alert system which had in evolutionary form driven those sirens for two decades was turned back on in the 90’s, and updated for improved use with TV. But rarely was it tested, and then typically late at night between late-show snoozes. Just fire drills at school. No more sirens, unless there was perhaps a fire or other actual emergency. Very unobtrusive. No problem.

Fast Forward, Bush II White House: Suddenly, somewhat synchronous with the formation of Homeland Security, these alerts started increasing in frequency and were randomly interrupting all manner of broadcasts at any time of day. They now had the ability to actually take over newer televisions, even if turned off or in use with a VCR at the time. Somewhere along the way, it was expanded to include hazardous weather condition reports and the AMBER ALERT system for missing children. Schools still worried about fires. OK. Well, perhaps.

What kind of threats should an emergency preparedness plan address?

The current threat assessment

What does FEMA think is different about 2013? (Click – from FEMA ‘resolve’ page)

Fast Forward, Sorento White House: Suddenly, and synchronous with DHS seeking to buy 1.4 billion rounds of ammunition (that’s several Vietnam wars worth), all over and above military orders… not to mention a long list of equally disturbing purchase efforts involving coffins, ‘emergency housing’ which more closely resembled prison camps, food and water stores, vaccinations and anti-biotics… numbering in the millions more often than not — the tests started increasing in frequency and in duration. Annoying. Suspiciously omnipresent, excessively foreboding.

What bothers me most is a synchronous rush request for proposals on delivery of emergency preparedness items and relocation and readiness orders to military to FEMA Region III (Atlantic Seaboard States near D.C.), all with a date of October of this year. In fact, much of FEMA’s promotional material is geared to 2013, specifically. Most of the darker things cited in this post are happening right now in 2013 or otherwise generally depicted as an immediate potential threat.

Worse, both DHS and FEMA have started multiple high-profile media campaigns suggesting we all need emergency kits and emergency plans. This is also all simultaneous to a bit of mainstream news and much suppressed facts being revealed on the Web regarding an approaching Planet X, approaching comets, several near misses by planet-killing asteroids, and a flurry of unusual meteor activity to include nuclear blast-strength explosions in our atmosphere (the Russian meteor injured nearly 2,000 people and caused significant wide-spread structural damage over hundreds of miles). And there is more…

Also simultaneous are geo-political and financial threats the likes of which have never been seen in the history of the planet, each threatening dire unrest to the point of forcing Martial Law. While this goes on, the sun is spitting gigantic record bursting electromagnetic pulses at us and the pole is shifting, Fukushima is continuing to increase its threat, not to mention shifting weather patterns and an increase in seismic activities of Biblical proportions. Dare I mention strange phenomenon like objects orbiting the sun, mysterious loud and scary sounds heard over thousands of square miles, two suns and other oddities in the skies day and night? Endless wars somehow always tied to terrorism and oil keep being announced. No wonder large numbers of people are actually starting to think End Times might actually be around the corner.

The end of oil supply as we know it indeed approaches. Extremist terror groups pose theoretical threat of biological, chemical, or nuclear WMD. Criminal nations threaten to attack us with nuclear weapons. China is on the verge of surpassing the US as super power, and their top military leader has said war with the US is inevitable; their only answer to that being to strike first.  Man-made bio weapons, nanotech, and even genomic weapons are being developed daily by all modern military powers, and we get cover stories expressed as worries of a natural pandemic outbreak of catastrophic proportions. The Center for Disease Control has even gone so far as to talk about preparation for a Zombie apocalypse, and there is some evidence it is not as tongue-in-cheek as they profess. Don’t forget chemtrails and the feared NWO depopulation plot.

Actual soldier patrolling American Street. UNACCEPTABLE! (click – disclosetv.com)

The worst part is all the talk about a possible military takeover, martial law, a new Constitution and a North American Union. Why, that’s nothing short of saying the Antichrist is coming to power… and some say that’s the case, too. Agenda 21, GMO crops, Codex Alimentarius, the Small Arms Treaty (goodby 2^nd Amendment), etc.  All these things tie in one to another as if all by some organized conspiracy (Illuminati?) After all, they say, the Norway Spirals were likely a test of Project Bluebeam, to simulate with a kind of holographic event the Second Coming in the Antichrist’s name. And what about those tens of thousands of ‘State of Martial Law’ warning/instruction signs coming into the US from foreign sign makers in convoy manner? Really, really not good.

Almost everyone has some kind of foreboding sense that SOMETHING bad this way comes. Armageddon Online has a more detailed summary view. And just as someone chooses to discounts all of these things as ‘baseless,’ something like this comes along to make us wonder all over again: a lot of people are saying there is a purge of the military taking place, and that usually portends a violent overthrow of government.

So, quite naturally, some of us are taking the DHS/FEMA advice to heart, or at least considering it. But I fear most of us are preparing for the wrong thing in the wrong way. Its one thing to have food, water, medical, and key supplies stashed away for an earthquake or flood… and another to truly be prepared for upheavals of the political or Biblical sort… the sort government advice is NOT addressing, because if you were prepared for that, government looses the ability to maintain political control through dependency upon government for survival.

Never fear; the Professional Paranoid is here to help you find your way through it all… in part II:  A Logical Home Emergency Response Plan: The Government Does NOT Approve

Why should I hide my emergency preparedness kit and weapons?

Related articles

• FEMA Preparing Military Police For Gun Confiscations and Martial Law (eutimes.net)
• What’s This FEMA Video Trying to Tell Us? (politicaloutcast.com)
• Dave Hodges ~ The Use Of Food As A Weapon Against American Citizens (shiftfrequency.com)
• FEMA REGION III – OCTOBER 1st – OFFICIAL FEMA DISPATCH! (prayingforoneday.wordpress.com)
• Is the FEMA Region III Alert a Red Herring? (activistpost.com)
• “Martial Law is Now in Effect” Signs: Why Would These Signs Be Printed? (solidarityintruth.wordpress.com)

How to War with the New World Order (a Primer)

If you are no fan of the notion of a fascist, satanic World government ruling a depopulated World with all the power of the Antichrist, you may want to know there is one simple weapon we hold that the NWO fears we will discover and use, one more dangerous than guns.

How to War with the New World Order (a Primer)

by H. Michael Sweeney

copyright © 2013, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this paragraph, are included.

How to war with the New World Order

 Any enemy can be defeated if you know their weaknesses

Masonic mural at Denver International Airport depicts future of New World Order

Follows is an abbreviated collection of excerpts and updates from my book, The Professional Paranoid Defensive Field Guide, which includes many more such tactical advices, many being useful in any kind of war the New World Order force upon us, even a shooting war. But this post addresses a war that we can more safely bring to them, one non violent, perhaps forestalling the need for guns altogether by stopping the NWO cold.

Regardless, it also undoubtedly gets me listed officially as a ‘financial terrorist’ with evil Men in Black (or Army green, Police blue). Who cares? We are all treated as terrorists anyway, pending a moment of convenient political gain for actual ‘attention’ to our particular branding. Screw them and their paranoiac need to so label free thinkers, of whom Thomas Jefferson says government should rightly fear (for cause of making them BEHAVE RIGHTLY).

They can NDAA-vanish me at anytime, if they dare — just as they can any of YOU. That’s the whole point, isn’t it? If one man is not free because government violates its own Constitutional Law, then no one can rightly claim to be free. And so, given Homeland Security has placed bid requests for 1.4 billion rounds of ammunition for use outside of the military, the threat of an outlaw government seeking or expecting a shooting war with Constitutionalists forces me to write. If they so expect, so must we.

I must write, if for no other reason than personal self defense, which depends in turn upon the successful defense of others, give such advice. It is the collective WE, The People, who must survive, not mere individuals. Governments can come and go, can fail and be reconstituted, overnight if need be. But if freedom dies and We the People become a historical footnote, transformed into mere chattle as manageable individuals for feeding the profit grist mill of a corporate state (that’s fascism, by the way), something precious and extremely difficult to replace is lost for a long, long time.

The advice of which I speak consists of three simple steps, each with multiple topical elements, options, or ways to grasp and effect them. This post details Steps One of three. Collectively, they would allow us to be effective in the effort, and better assure individual and collective safety even if armed conflict is forced upon us.

And there are other resources online, some of which I have linked as you read. There is, for instance, fightthenwo.org, numerous sites promoting an effort called ‘global noncompliance’, and illuminati-news.com, where one finds an article somewhat like my own. Just type in the appropriate search terms to amplify your knowledge base, and your options, and to cement your confidence if daring to stand against the machine as do I.

You and I are not alone, given the broad range of topics which stir people to activisim in causes with which you should become familiar, for it makes of such persons a thing called allies. You need not agree with them all, but we all should stand together, for all such activists become targets of the NWO. I’m talking about things like Agenda 21, Canamex Highway, gun bans, Codex Alimentarius, Digital Angel, TIAO Dataveillance, RFID, NDAA, the FED, Political Control Technology, Chemtrails, Animal Rights, Occupy, Anonymous, and on and on and on.

Often, we should consider allying with both sides, perhaps one more than another if so moved — but ever mindful that the enemy loves to divide and conquer by fueling our disdain for one side over another. Fighting amongst ourselves means we don’t even see the real enemy. All these groups, save moments of manipulation, should be ally and enemy to the Globalist agenda, and not enemy, mine. To steal from another anti-NWO group’s slogan… which I essentially endorse, and again for which the operative word elected is WE…

“We are Anonymous. We are Legion. We do not forgive. We do not forget. Expect us.”

What can we learn from Anonymous? The most obvious lesson is that invisibility equates to an invulnerability to retaliation. Sure, they have losses, but the group is getting stronger and gaining in popularity in pop culture and elsewhere, and doing some real good as it goes, as some count good (no movement pleases all its supporters all the time). But by and large, their integrity as a working force against evil is unchecked because of their anonymity. They are off the Grid, beyond the Matrix (though hiding within and manipulating it), they have gone Underground.

That is were we must be to be both safe and effective in battle; underground.

So begins our review on how to drop out of the system and form your own underground — which is also to say, how to more covertly and safely defend your country from enemies foreign and domestic. These are fairly basic ideas, and yet may simply be too much for most readers to contemplate actually undertaking, at least wholesale (easing in may indeed be easier). But sooner or later, the way MIIM is heading with insane abandon, we are all going to be forced to make a tough choice: do we stay within the system and be controlled by it with no recourse, or do we break away from the system and seek its destruction through violent confrontation, or at least prepare for that eventuality? I think dropping out is a better, safer choice, one which also serves as preparation for a possible violent day; it covers all bases.

Our survival as free-will individuals and citizens, and as a free nation, will likely depend on our decision. Better to make the decision sooner, than later. Better to do it methodically under a plan and with good principles of operation than by forced into spontaneous guesswork on the fly by sudden, unexpected perils. When MIIM makes its final moves, the warning may be mere hours before they start going door-to-door and shooting erupts, and politically incorrect persons are vanished. It will be too late for decisions, much less planning, then.

What can be done to stop the New World Order?

Step 1: Understand the Problem, Know Thy Enemy

A few hundred people control the NWO

One must realize that the New World Order movement, with its roots going back to the Satanic Illuminati in, perhaps not so coincidentally, 1776, was a centuries-long plan to form a one-World government that their might be one World leader; the Antichrist. Believe it or not, we are dealing with powers and principalities, a relentless and seemingly unstoppable force which never sleeps, has countless minions of dark allies and dupes like forces to work with them unknowingly, and employs clever deceits and sinister plots to lubricate its machinations. Most of the battle is invisible, as often is also the outcome; we can loose significant ground and not even be aware until much later — the price of forgetting or pretending there is no Satan or Hell… or even a God, for too many of us.

It is not the United States Federal Government, or the United Nations, or the initialed Agencies or Department of Defense, or local law enforcement that we face. It is not globalist corporate giants, the FED and Jewish or international bankers, or the Military-Industrial Complex or the oil companies who are our enemies, nor their boards of directors, foundations, religious and charity fronts, or their political action groups. It is not the modern-day leadership of Illuminati philosophies inherent in the Power Elite round table groups such as the Bilderbergers, Club of Rome, Council on Foreign Relations, Tri Lateral Commission, Rhodes Scholar disciples, or even the infamous Skull and Bones/Thule Societies and their counterparts, or even the Freemasons from which sprang the Satanic Illuminati. Neither is it CIA, FBI, NSA, DHS, DEA, ATF, ONI, DIA, or any of the endless initialed investigative and enforcement agencies.

No. It is instead all these entities combined, and much, much more, who make up the face of our enemy. To define or limit the enemy to any one group or several, short of the whole, will miss the mark, and fail. It matters not if they participate knowingly in support of Illuminati goals, or by coincidentally by coincidentally aligned or secretly guided agenda. They are the collective wall of hardened, massive stones which lay between being free in all pursuit of life, and being a slave dead to God. Those stones form the Pyramid upon which sits the All-Seeing Eye, which is the symbolism of the very Antichrist and End Times; the ‘eye’ of Lucifer taking up the key-most position (where one should instead find a stone referred to as the frustrum), thereby frustrating the placement of the capstone, the return of Christ.

The question then arises, what chance does the individual (YOU, me, all of us who prefer FREEDOM and LIFE to slavery and death) against such a vast array of forces? What chance would we have to make a difference in what essentially appears on the surface to be prophecy being fulfilled, day by day, regarding a predestined final-day battle between God and Satan? Who are we that dare intercede in such contests between Titans of Biblic proportions, and what could we possibly hope to contribute of any value or impact in a battle of such scale; that which leads to and includes the showdown at Armageddon?

The answer is, in my humble opinion, EVERYTHING.

It is not simply God vs. the Devil. It is God and the good sought and achieved by Man through God’s gift of free will vs. Satan and the evil done by Man by subversion of free will. It is about righteousness (right-use-ness) vs. evil (vile-ness), both effected by our own individual choices. I believe that to the extent that there remains sufficient good will and righteousness in Man in his time on Earth, the date of Armageddon, and those things which lead to it, are delayed. Scripture refers to this as Grace.

This whole notion is reflected manifold in scripture, for those willing to heed a rather short Bible lesson, which is an all important part of Step 1 — to fully understand the stakes involved and the true unseen mechanisms which guide outcome…

Jerimiah 5:1 regarding God’s Judgement upon Jerusalem for failing to honor God and his Commandments says “Go up and down the streets of Jerusalem, look around and consider, search through her squares. If you can find but one person who deals honestly and seeks the truth, I will forgive this city.”

Genesis 18:26 regarding Abraham’s prayers beseeching God not to destroy Sodom, God says in respose, “If I find fifty righteous people in the city of Sodom, I will spare the all the place for their sakes.” Abraham negotiates the number down to 10, an important number spiritually.

Romans 2:4 tells us why the forbearance of Grace is offered (though all-too often sadly betrayed by Man’s delight in sin) with “Or do you show contempt for the riches of his kindness, forbearance and patience, not realizing that God’s kindness is intended to lead you to repentance?”

2 Peter 3:9 is more to the point with dialog on the coming of Judgement Day, and Christ’s return. “The Lord is not slow in keeping his promise, as some understand slowness. Instead he is patient with you, not wanting anyone to perish, but everyone to come to repentance.” Being patient, he gives us time (a period of Grace) in which to work toward salvation. What we do with that time is our own choice.

But if we make no effort on behalf of good in the face of evil, no matter how overwhelming it may seem, then we deserve the fruits of evil, as spelled out in Ecclesiastes 9:3 “This is the evil in everything that happens under the sun: the same destiny overtakes all. The hearts of people, moreover, are full of evil and there is madness in their hearts while they live, and afterward they join the dead.” More such as this can be found.

So let us also heed God’s advice and enter into battle. Ephesians 6:13 tells us how: “Therefore put on the full armor of God, so that when the day of evil comes, you may be able to stand your ground, and after you have done everything, to stand.” Much more is also available on this topic, as well. But hey – this video says it in an extremely beautiful way.

The number 10 in the Bible (and elsewhere), for instance, represents fullness, full measure, fulfillment. Thus, as long as Good can be seen sufficiently ‘full,’ as in ‘full of Grace,’ which is God’s forgiveness and forbearance, there is no reason for Judgement Day to come to pass. Should Man drop below a rating of ’10,’ Judgement is enabled and will come to pass. Thus, I argue; it is all up to you and me, to decide that moment — perhaps why ‘No man knoweth the hour,’ of that day, for we cannot take self measure.

The Bible offers more and better advice, than this feeble attempt at presentation. I simply offer how you might apply it using specific strategems. Let us consider:

Short of armed revolution, and in the absence of any seeming control over our government through the traditional election processes, the alleged system of checks and balances and for obtaining redress in the courts… as illustrated by the failure of Congress and the Courts to ever address crimes of the White House, or to curb the military or intelligence communities when they go awry… and surely their failure to quash NDAA, the Patriot Act, the outrageous acts of TSA, ICE, and all such madness — is the option to undertake another kind of war with the NWO; a guerrilla war fought on our terms, not theirs. I speak of an offensive war, one which effects a defensive posture, as well.

It may be time we take the battle to them, and use their own System to ensnare them.

Let’s face it. The enemy, as it otherwise stands, holds all the cards: We must use their money, follow their laws and suffer under their court judgements (for most of us, relying upon their lawyers appointed on our behalf — unless we are wealthy, in which case, we are more likely part of the problem), are subjected to controls by their police and military, must depend on our news from sources their Military-Industrial-Intelligence-Media complex (MIIM) controls, send our kids to schools in an educational system they manipulate, and use their insurance to visit their Doctors, hospitals, and take their drugs, etc. All the way we foot the bill for these things which define our limitations, and profit their machine.

At every turn, they hold control over our lives: we cannot get a job without identifying ourselves using their number. We cannot keep that job without giving them a huge portion of our wages as taxes, which they then frequently use against us, along with other monies they manage to extort, steal, or siphon from us through societal forces of their design. We cannot well protest our lot because they own the media by which we would have our say, and we use an Internet rife with their control, censorship, and eavesdropping (there is a better Web alternative in works, however — take a look).

We cannot ‘vote the scoundrels out’ because they control the voting process and the choices we are to be given. Ergo, Dog and Poney shows replete with hanging chads or worse, and if not that, assassination of candidates or death threats against them or their loved ones. In short, the terms ‘Republic’ and ‘Democratic Process’ have become a sham, as no matter who we vote for, the same old policies are continued toward NWO domination.

As bad, ‘redress’ is a word no longer in the American political lexicon; the System is rigged at every turn to defy it except in the most well-funded of battles, it costing millions for instance to employ media to advantage, or prosecute a case through the Courts, and the Internet is so controlled by cyberwarrior tactics that most organizational efforts there are easily derailed through infiltration and sabotage. And now they want to take the guns, which if allowed to come to pass, will mean all doors for redress can be permanently shut tight against us.

No thank you. Gunfire before gun grabbing, for me.

But the purpose of this post is to avoid the need for that eventuality. We must realize who MIIM is, and deal with them accordingly. MIIM’s arrayed forces and allies are by and large fascists and racists, and even Satanists, or some combination thereof. They tend to be psychopaths and sociopaths who wield immense wealth and power in all areas of societal and governmental structures. Their collective is hundreds of years old, and thus, they have had ample time to calculate and think ahead, to plan for every contingency, and tend to easily defeat a defense before we can think to undertake it.

But there is good news in all this.
Despite their position of dominance, it happens that there is one thing all principalities and powers fear, something which we possess… something they fear we will discover as the weakness or flaw in their plan. And it is such a simple thing, and defines Step Two. The beauty of it is, that implementing it now not only weakens their hand and strengthens ours, but if at some point the war becomes a shooting war, we will stand a much better chance of being able to either run and hide or to stand and fight. Either way, it will be harder for them to find and manipulate and destroy individuals, and thereby, the whole.

You can do neither if they collect you, first, or already control you outright in their System, what some call the Matrix. The solution? That’s the next post…

What scares the New World Order?

Step Two: Drop out of the System:

To explain that first requires that we understand what the System is. The System is two infrastructural parts; the commercial side and the government side. The commercial side sells itself to you every day. Advertising for products and services creates desire. Desire leads to purchase. Purchase yields profits against cost, and is a two-edged sword used against you. Part of the cost is payroll, which is used to pay you less than you are actually worth. They reap the GNP at your expense; you provide both the labor and the capital which drives their machine, so whatever they pay you, they get back by the resale of your fruits (you effectively work for free by giving them back their own money in exchange for very little of true value).

All along the way, taxes are levied to fund the other part of the System. They win-win, you loose-loose, but you get (something) they’ve convince you that you can’t live without, despite the fact that the World did just fine without it since the beginning of time. Everything from better deoderant to cars that talk, from perfect pills to pornographic movies through your cable company. And let us not forget GMO produce and foods so processed and full of additives that ants no longer eat anything in our kitchens but raw suger. As Dr. Phil has said, “If it wasn’t food 100 years ago, it probably isn’t food, today.”

Lucky you to have it so good, at long last. Whatever happened to happiness; the contentment that comes from simply living and enjoying nature and the company of others, and the fruits of our own labor? Who decided that these things had to be purchased in newly constituted forms, and that we should have no other choices? And, I might add, who can believe anything they tell you about what is good for you when every few years a new study reverses a previous finding, and perfect pills result in class action law suits for the harm they do?

Oh, but the System cares not for trivial details as these, because we are so dumbed down we don’t see the problem, and buy the next new thing.

Meanwhile, the government part of the system tracks and manipulates our participation in the first part in many ways. Your social security number, as mentioned, plays a major role. Your credit rating and banking numbers further track your every move financially, and government’s FINCEN (Financial Crimes Enforcement Network) and the Total Information Awareness Office (Department of Defense) are both gearing up to access every transaction from birth to death for every citizen. As the Bible has predicted, you already can hardly buy or sell without a number of some sort, a de facto Mark of the Beast by some accounts. But that yolk has not yet come to pass in its bitter fullness (Digital Angel awaits you).

The money itself also has tracking systems built into the bills (the little embedded strip you can see holding the bills up to the light can be sensed by special equipment), and FINCEN will be able to track cash as easily as credit once it is fully established and retail systems have evolved to accommodate the technology, called RFID (Radio Frequency Identification Device).

The Military AND the commercial side are partnering to establish wholesale use of RFID technology which will allow transactional tracking at points of sale to include a complete and total understanding of each and every product you purchase, effectively giving it a unique serial number. It can tell how and when you acquired it, whatever it is, right down to razor blades (already chipped). In fact, retailers have actually used cameras to track shoppers as they move through the store by zeroing in on select RFID chips in products in their cart, or already owned and in their possession (e.g., lipstick tube). You are the sum of your RFID, and once cataloged, you can be tracked anywhere.

As you read this, cash registers, inventory control systems, and security systems (doorway monitors, cameras, traffic monitors) are being designed and built which can scan RFID at a distance. Millions of credit cards, mailing labels, ID cards and driver’s licenses, and even cell phones have already been chipped with RFID, and some things, like select cell phones and cars, include GPS tracking. Security cameras and roadside or sidewalk monitors are being upgraded to track them. Unless you go naked in the World, or make your own clothes and use no manufactured objects, you can be tracked by RFID, because everything manufactured and sold will eventually have chips embedded.

We register with government for everything. We register to be born and to die. We register for school, to vote, to get driver’s licenses, to fish or hunt, to buy or rent a car or home, to have a phone or utility services, or to save a little extra money when we shop or to use credit, and so forth. At every turn we are giving out information about ourselves which is fed into computers, computers with back doors and inherent ‘links’ or leaks between databases to serve marketing and or government purposes. Hence Dataveillance.

How else do you suppose that you get so much junk mail with your name on it? One CIA front (two fronts, actually, one here and one in Europe), as I document in my book, the Professional Paranoid Defensive Field Guide  offer to sell information on 98% of American adults. The other two percent have already dropped out of the system. Why should government intelligence agencies be in the business of spying on you and then selling your little ones and zeros for a profit? Do something about it, and drop out. Let them sell just zeros, if they can.

If you elect to remain in the System, if and when they want to reach out and get you for some reason, they will know right where you are, that very moment. Their data will let them profile you psychologically and predict your actions (as described in the Department of Defense’s original RFP White Paper for the TIAO). Don’t answer that knock at the door… you don’t want what they are selling. And you won’t be able to run at that point, because they can freeze all your financial assets, and in some cases, can remotely disable your car, and in all cases, turn resources such as your cell phone against you. It will be too late, then.

Proactive and preemptive tactics are what you need.

To preempt, disengage yourself from the system. When someone drops out of the system, the overhead of the system is actually increased to a degree, but the funding thereof is reduced. This causes subtle instability within the system which impacts the remainder of those still within the system. By deliberately weakening the system in this way, the New World Order is forced to become less transparent, and more domineering, more visible to those who have not yet seen that particular light. It compounds like interest as more and more people figure out they should exit.

Thus, more persons will exit, recruiting others as they go; the cycle will continue to the point where the system must either fail, or seek to seize absolute control sooner than it otherwise intended, before they are ready to do so with full confidence of victory. A shift in balance of power is achieved, the stronger side left unstable and off balance, giving the weaker side a chance to make significant gains with smaller efforts. The domino effect, slow motion though it will seem, at first.

Dropping out is fairly easy — just stop playing the game. Take actions which reduce your exposure to their ever evolving control matrix, and which free you up for further actions at reduced risk. Risk tends to lessen with time as you get better at living off the grid. Most of these things are very easy to do, and have little true risk, but may represent major inconveniences or social roadblocks up front.

You may likely face serious decisions about how you execute such a plan, and to what extent you are willing to go to make it happen. Fortunately, it need not be an overnight matter, which means you can ease into it over several months time, perhaps a few years (presuming we have that much time remaining). Just know that for every cost you are willing to bear up front, the benefits to which it leads tend to be far more valuable in the final analysis. The more steps you manage to accomplish, the easier are the remaining steps.

This ends the introduction to Step Two. What follows in the next segment are a series of suggested guidelines or action options to actually be effective doing it. Some of them you simply might not care for, or accept as viable or workable with respect to their goals or your personal circumstances. Don’t feel you need to follow these suggestions any more than you need to ‘play their game.’ After all, it is about free will choice; God’s greatest gift to Man short of life itself.

And that’s exactly what we are trying to stop the New World Order from ending: Free Will.

What are the tools of the New World Order?

Next up: How to War With the New World Order (Drop Out Checklist)

Related articles

• Is ARMED REVOLUTION COMING to USA? (americanholocaustcoming.blogspot.com)
• 84 Million Americans Aware Of NWO/Illuminati (planet.infowars.com)

Globalism’s Self-Serving Cycles of Terrorism

A reality check for citizens in every nation, democratic, communist, totalitarian, or religiously governed (e.g., Islamic); terrorism is not waged between governments or ideologies as outwardly advertised, but a covert weapon for political control used by Globalists against all peoples, especially the very members of terror groups duped into participation. More to the point, it is waged by powers and principalities, against God and Man, and serves Satan.

Globalism’s Deliberate Self-Fulfilling Cycles of Paranoiac ‘Terror Threats’

by H. Michael Sweeney

copyright © 2013, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this paragraph, are included.

What you will learn reading this post…

• Terrorism is a sham, a weapon of political control technology;
• Terrorism never benefits terrorists in any real way, given the backlash;
• Terrorism is never approached as a problem to actually be solved because it serves the ‘target’ government’s interests as long as it exists;
• Terrorism is about control of the masses through fears designed to sponsor a willingness to subjugate ourselves to the New World Order;
• Therein is the real secret; the NWO is Satan’s Illuminati plan to seat the Antichrist, terrorism being a mere tool.

Who benefits from terrorism?

Reality Check Time for citizens of all nations

Image: Agence France-Presse Getty Images; India Ink blog post      on lessons learned on terrorism in India (click)

Rewind the clock and review the last few decades or so — the time frame of the alleged ‘War against Terrorism.’ If you consider cause and effect relationships with much care, you quickly see that there would be no terrorism of true consequence except for government’s need to both instill fear in you as a form of Political Control Technology (behavior and thought control through deciet), and as a generator of ‘fuel’ for that very mechanism.

Look more closely, however, and we find even the governments are not the true benefactors. That would be Globalists, which put in other terms, is the modern-day Illuminati; the New World Order movement for a one-World government. This is governments run by the power elite, also called Fascism in some circles. Such rule is required if the Antichrist is ever to come to power. That is what I hope to illustrate in this post, along with some other eye openers of like nature:

Case Study; Control Group

But before we do that, we should first establish and consider, in the method of good scientific study, a ‘control group.’ We can then hold up the control group for comparison to the ‘terror group’ of events we will consider to make our final findings. Any differences should be for us valuable clues. For this purpose, let’s use something entirely unrelated which, like terrorism, represents a deadly threat to lives and the wellbeing of any nation; traffic accidents. Rewind the last decade or two in your mind and replay as you consider…

At regional and local levels, mostly, and to somewhat lesser degree at national levels, the high death toll and financial cost to the nation inherent in traffic crashes, including GNP impact, typically sparks ongoing efforts to improve highway and auto safety. This consists of an endless series of changes in rules, laws, and regulations, as well as advertising campaigns to educate drivers.

Specific examples over the years would include improving crash safety standards for auto makers, improved highway lighting, signage, and general design considerations, mandating seat belt use, ‘Don’t drink and drive,’ and other safety ad campaigns, tougher traffic laws and fines, more enforcement, and so forth.

In replay of that history, can you uncover recollection of ANY instance where a given governmentally sponsored approach significantly resulted in an INCREASE of traffic accidents or fatalities? I think not. The point is, in this control group review, we see that a problem which is seriously addressed for its own sake tends to evolve improvements, rather than degradation, over time. Restated, a legitimate problem genuinely and sincerely addressed in this way can always be made better by a cure, or an ineffective cure can be discarded in favor of a renewed attempt.

We must also ask, for reasons which should become apparent, who benefits thereby? The answer is, essentially, everyone. Drivers live longer and suffer less as a class, costs of accidents go down, though costs of ownership of vehicles tends to increase somewhat due to more expense in manufacturing and, for some, higher fines or fees associated with use of their vehicles, and taxes for improvements in highways. Most of us are content with these offsetting costs, and do not complain too much. The nation’s quality of life and GNP are enhanced.

More to the point, there are no significant losses of freedom or increases in political control by government, though new laws addressing safety issues may impose changes in procedures and provide for penalties; no one is unduly oppressed or repressed thereby, and basic rights remain unscathed.

Hmm… that seems to fit rather well with Titus 2:7 “In all things shewing thyself a pattern of good works: in doctrine shewing uncorruptness, gravity, sincerity.”

The Comparison Group; Terrorism

Osama bin Bushadine

Rewinding and replaying the same period of time, but this time looking at Terrorism, let us compare to the Control Group. One difference we see almost immediately is that virtually all of the effort to combat ‘the problem’ stems from national government responses, rather than regional and local levels. They, alone, by and large, have defined the problem and ‘solutions offered.’ That, alone, might be a significant clue; a small handful of Men, all of like nature and purpose within the power elite, control all aspects related to the issue.

Indeed, no one else’s opinions are even allowed to hold sway, regardless of their quality of logic or popularity among the People. In almost every case we find, in reverse to the Control Group, that their actions have stimulated, rather than abated, the problem of terrorism. Indeed, if we go back far enough, we find that the problem did not even exist except for the causality of their actions. To make the point, let us look at several ‘models’ of terrorism. Start with the European model:

Go back to the time prior to the European Community, and you find that terrorism essentially was non existent in the early years of Post War Europe. But it came to be, based on the nature of groups formed to foment terrorism, because of ‘Cold War tensions,’ if we believe the political rhetoric of the day. Based on the rest of this presentation, I’m thinking you will rightly conclude that assumption a sham, and the true cause lay elsewhere: false flag psychological operations. And should you not naturally so conclude, we will see there is proof it is so.

In point of fact, the processes which will be described, next (in the American model), apply to quite well to the European model. Terror attacks in Europe enabled the same exact processes, and in Europe, I assert, directly helped and led to the formation of the European Community, itself, a key Globalist early goal. Remember that notion as we near the end of looking at the American model, which will bring the point home in unexpected ways, and fully relate the Globalist aspect.

I only thought to bring up European model because it underscores and echoes in reenforcement the discoveries we will find in the American model. Any nation which has in the past or currently experiences terrorism should find these same factors in play, as well; they are portable concepts useful in any governmental environment. But in all cases, they serve only one special interest group, a group present in every governmental environment; Globalists. Allow me to make the case…

In America, terrorism was not even in the American lexicon until CIA began funding, training, and arming radical Muslims as part of their meddling in the affairs of Islamic nations rich with natural resources. Such meddling is a sure-fire way to generate resentment and hatred given their religious beliefs, beliefs which impact political actions in ways perhaps uncommon elsewhere.

I remember, in fact, one of the early newspaper articles (and later, others) on topic having to actually DEFINE the basic terminologies of terrorism in order to write about terror events. The point is, however, that we can lay terrorism at the feet of CIA and American foreign policy (on the one hand closest to our observation), and, as we will see, on Globalism, on the other, less visible hand.

If I were willing to make this blog longer than you would wish it in reading time, I could detail that for you to a level which showed CIA and the Department of Defense, often in alliance with military contractors and Globalist firms, actually imported most terrorists we have heard about acting on US soil (and elsewhere), often aiding in their visitation, training, and financing up to the moment of their terror acts, and even in their escape and any subsequent reentry into country. This I do in my four volume bookset, Fatal Rebirth, with over 1,500 footnotes of factual evidence. Want a free ebook of volume one?

So we see right away that the very problem was created by government. In defense, or rather concealment of the fuller truth, they claimed it unintended, even coincidental or unavoidable, and most of us believed them. But the footnotes I speak of show otherwise, especially in terms of lesser known ‘smoking gun’ events. One test of the sincerity of the claim is the question, does government move to ‘address’ this new terrorism problem as they did in our Control Group? Well, sort of…

The very first effort in response of note was the Patriot Act, a major assault on Constitutionally guaranteed liberties which, they promised, would be repealed as soon as they got a handle on the problem. Tyrannical governments which have evolved throughout history have always got their start with that very argument in justification of repressive actions, creating for themselves that slippery slope of no return. So many times have they had the chance to repeal the Patriot Act and instead elected to extend it, if not add to it, that I’ve lost count. Full grease ahead, downard, Ho!

Virtually all Congressional and White House actions aimed at combating terrorism have followed this self-same pattern: repressive responses which reduce Liberty in exchange for alleged security, a formula known to leave the people with neither, and which instead leads to a totalitarian police state. That’s how the Communist revolution in Russia led to something Karl Marx never intended for his movement. That’s how South American dictators grew their power. That’s how Hitler came to be, and so forth. But it is not how you combat terrorism, for it has not abated, though one may argue there is a current lull. So again, I ask, who profits?

To be sure, not the terrorists, who are guaranteed to generate a backlash against their own homelands. Examine all of history, and it is rare to find an example of the use of terror which resulted in good outcome for the nation from whence attacks originated, and on whose behalf their acts were supposedly committed. Their people suffered, typically through military response, worse casualties and consequence, than did the nation targeted with terrorism. It is a loose-loose situation for terrorists. There is but one exception, to be noted shortly.

Indeed, it is instead the nations targeted by terrorism who benefit. Not the citizens thereof, who bear the brunt of attacks at a personal level, but the men and political forces in power. Terrorism, in fact, gives power to the national government and its leaders, big time. Always; Hitler the perfect example. In international terrorism, the real loosers are the citizens of both nations, and more importantly, all religions who worsiph the God of Abraham; the Jewish, Christian, and Islamic faiths for whom terrorism is a great tool for Globalist (Satanic Illuminati) divide and conquer tactics.

But it is a double whammy for citizens of the target nation, because they not only suffer the casualties of attacks, but the loss of freedoms and rights usurped by a government become more tyrannical. Such benefits are why false flag terrorism is often the tool of one’s own government. Hitler used it, and many Americans are convinced George Bush used it in Sept. 11, and so forth. Fatal Rebirth offers much evidence in support of that belief. Such powers and principalities go out of their way to foment or fake terror acts, even if they have to supply and fund the ‘leadership’ of the terrorists and grow them into a local power — the only terrorists to benefit being those paid and empowered at leadership levels.

Proof, in Fatal Rebirth, shows the number two man of al Quaeda, in fact, to be a double or triple agent working for CIA and the Department of Defense. That’s right, the man who not only planned, but helped execute the attacks on American Embassies, the USS Cole, and the bombing of the World Trade Center, the man who managed to put bin Laden into power and unify other terror groups under his command… was one of our own. And if that were not enough, he held a job with a major defense contractor when not employed by the United States Army.

Is terrorism false flag?

Terror culture growth in a petri dish

The macro illustrates further. Government actions to combat terror actually stimulate it, rather than fighting it. Every action in the Middle East has tended to angrify Muslims even more, making it easier for them to recruit combatants to use against us. Middle East policy continues to be based on previous failures, with no learning curve in evidence. Even those things we would outwardly see as ‘good acts,’ were often deliberate betrayals.

For example, an American company providing schoolbooks for use in the Middle East for very young children used pictures of bombs, grenades, and guns for counting exercises… early enough that by the time CIA was training Osama bin Laden, those children were old enough to be recruited into al Quaeda. Now, once we have invaded and seized control of Afghanistan, the same publisher is providing books with butterflies and Poppy blooms. So now, instead of growing terrorists, Afghanistani youth will grow up thinking it perfectly normal to grow and sell the crops used to make Heroine, those fields guarded by American soldiers as you read.

We continually arm radical groups for use against their own local regimes we conveniently deem ‘repressive’ after decades of working with them as allies and arming them to the teeth in many cases. And then wonder why the radicals soon enough turn those weapons on us, irrespective of if a new regime was put in place, or not. Moreover, any new regime is more dangerous than the old, outwardly, though I maintain it is an intended consequence. This is indeed on purpose of our terror and foreign policies, as reflected by the fact that we keep repeating these mistakes as if oblivious to their cause and effect relationships. There is proof.

Fatal Rebirth, recounts a specific PowerPoint presentation at the Pentagon by Defense Policy Board kingpin, Richard Perle, part of the PNAC (Project for a New American Century) plans to take control of the Middle East, and by capture of the bulk of remaining Oil repositories therein, to control the World. It is all based on concepts espoused by the Council on Foreign Relations and other Globalists, and Zionist interests via a partnership with a joint US-Israeli think tank. It laid out a multi-year, multi-war/revolution plan for takeover of the major Middle East nations in domino fashion, specifically with the intent of giving control over to radicals, specific persons controlled by or partnering with Globalists. Every war in the Middle East, including the more current revolts, was in the Power Point, with more such to come.

For example, Fatal Rebirth shows you that the top two people now running the Afghani government were both former CIA employees who also did work for the Oil Industry, and both were directly involved in trying to get the Taliban to grant oil and gas pipeline rights to American oil companies. Do you honestly think citizens at large in Afghanistan would benefit by and approve of covert CIA/oil industry control of their nation in the guise of a new democracy? This is what I mean when I say outwardly, new regimes may seem less than friendly, but secretly, they remain Globalist puppets to perpetuate control mechanisms there, as well as elsewhere.

Make no mistake. This is not an American plot so much as an international plot by Globalists, the modern Illuminati.

This is also revealed in the referenced PowerPoint, where even darker aspects tie directly to Mysticism, Satanism, and Illuminati principles, matters requiring too much detail to explain in this venue. But I will add that Perle himself has his own CIA front-like operation which works directly with Arms smugglers for the purpose. Stability in the Middle East is NOT a goal, and never was. Such political machinations foster a kind of hidden control of the Middle East through secret alliances with terrorist leadership in exchange for quid-pro quo cooperation (attacks). There is no usefulness for political control plots found in peace and stability.

This covert alliance betrays the very reasons rank and file membership of terror groups join, as well as the greater citizenry and governments of their homelands, not to mention putting at risk the long-term welfare of religious doctrine which often guides their nation and political movements. If the people joining terror groups fully understood this, they would behead their leaders as traitors, and rethink their strategies in realization that terrorism is political control weapon being used against their own people as well is those of the target nation(s). Only the Globalists and their proxies in the involved governments and terror groups, can possibly win.

It deserves restating of who benefits, and how: in funding, arming, and aiding in terror attacks against the U.S. and other nations where Globalism runs rampant, the target nation governmentals (and the Globalist movement) gain two things, and the leaders of terror groups gain prestige and power over their own people for their ‘successes,’ and loyalty and devotion in anger evolving out of backlash-sponsored ‘failures.’ The two things the Globalist proxies gain are an empowerment to further restrict freedoms and wax oppressive through legislative response to terror event ‘successes,’ and validating police state mentality by offering minimal proofs of effectiveness at the few terror attack-sponsord ‘failures.’ Perfect quid-quo pro.

So we see that regardless of if a terror even is effective, or fails, there is win-win for the Globalist and their terrorist cohorts, but only loose-loose for citizens and terror participants, who are mere pawns in a grand deceit.

Ergo, in our comparison, Luke 6:43-44 seem quite appropriate; “For a good tree bringeth not forth corrupt fruit; neither doth a corrupt tree bring forth good fruit. For every tree is known by its own fruit. Figs aren’t gathered from thornbushes, or grapes picked from a bramble bush.”

A need to shift gears: homegrown terror

A kind of proof that such terror is artificially generated and outcome is controlled lays in the fact that if it were NOT so, the focus would remain on the foreign sponsored terrorism, and changes or experimentation in solutions would evolve to some eventual gaining of ground. But, if one is intending a Police State, one realizes that eventually, there will be internal resistance and insurrection forces to be dealt with at some point — given that the only solutions applied are repressive to freedom in nature. There is only so far one can go in oppressive reduction of personal freedoms without sparking resistance.

What is domestic state sponsored terrorism?

The answer? Raise the stakes and ‘broaden the war.’

Image: secretsofthefed.com (click)

Therefore, almost immediately on the heels of the Truther movement, we here in America started to hear about homegrown terrorism, a thing which caused most of us to respond with ‘???’ And from this has evolved a whole new series of staged events to justify the next waves of repressive acts and moves which, like those for Islamic terror, actually tend to foment and generate the very terrorism they would pretend to combat.

These also served to empower the TSA and other repressive acts designed to train us to be obedient to Police State social controls (and the basest of personal insults and groping to which we dare not protest.) This additionally causes us to realize we need to fear and respect our government, despite the fact that our whole form of government is based on the notion that they should fear displeasure of We, the People. Once we have it upside down in our head, it is easier for them to advance with less meaningful resistance.

But then, they had yet to meet the 99%.

But the general strategy creats self-fulfilling harbingers. To worry about and act to ‘prevent’ or ‘combat’ terrorism will eventually spawn it. At some point, you no longer need false flag or even entrapment provocateurs. Fascists want and need internal civil unrest in order to justify further tightening of their power grip, and the unraveling of and discarding of the Constitution (esp. 2nd Amendment) that they may evolve into a truly Globalist entity. Specifically, in America, as I frequently detail in other posts, the establishment of the NAU; the North American Union. An exact replay of Europe, and why that model was briefly examined.

We see signs this is so by the fact that there are separate non terror-related actions which are preparing for acceptance of Globalist programs which can only function if there is a new Constitution under an NAU construct. Agenda 21, Codex Alimentarius, the CANAMEX Highway, United Nations Small Arms Treaty and other U.N. sponsored mandates such as Biospheres, all clue us in to this fact. Our Constitution and, more directly, the Second Amendment make these things almost impossible under our present form of government. They need Martial Law, suspension of the Constitution, seizure of firearms, and a new Constitution with more leeway.

They are easing us into the mentality of Globalist control by selling us on grandiose benefits which seem lofty, but which are truly unworkable and intended to conceal the truth: total control is not freedom, but slavery, and a one World government sponsored by the New World Order is nothing but a mechanism to seat the Antichrist as World Leader — the whole point of the Satanic Illuminati plan to create the NWO in the first place.

So they push for gun control legislation guaranteed to make more militant the mindset of gun owners. Then we conveniently have a wave of gun violence worthy of sparking demands for gun control, a matter deeply tied psychotropic drugs evolved out of CIA mind control research. I don’t even own a gun and yet they make me want to stockpile weapons and ammunition to protect the Second Amendment from panic-driven, unthinking gun grabbers and their Globalist sponsors.

I can only imagine that militia members are waxing paranoid and actively planning for and training for combat with government or United Nations forces. Eventually, someone from such a group will undertake an act of violence to ‘strike a blow for freedom,’ but it will most likely be a false flag event intended to justify efforts to enact gun confiscation. It will, in point of fact, be labeled as ‘terrorism.’ No right thinking group of gun owners would effect a first strike policy, knowing this would be the result, though a paranoidal schizophrenic individual, may, with entrapment encouragements.

They passed the NDAA and the DOD embarked on reckless and provocative mock raids of American cities in violation of Posse Commitatus to make us fear government to levels that may spark shooting of federal agents, soldiers, or cops in perceived self defense, as examined in an earlier post. Again, if some truly paranoid person does not eventually do so, I fear a false flag series of events will be staged. It is absolutely critical that government be able to vilify gun owners if the NAU is to come to pass, lest there be a full-scale armed revolt.

They passed the Monsanto Protection Act, which protects Monsanto from liability and enables their forcing of dangerous genetically modified crops into the food chain (to include meat supplies since corn and soy are fed to animals as well as to humans). This will most surely make militant a number of the millions of farmers who have sued Monsanto, and tens of millions more who realize GMO foods KILL livestock, cause birth defects or sterility, and even cause hair to grow through the digestive tract from tongue to intestines.

Eventually, again as I have posted earlier in full review, someone will get the idea in their head to act out in a violently against Monsanto, perhaps an arson or a bombing, or worse.  When you take away the right of redress through the courts, you guarantee revolt in some violent form. False flag efforts will hardly be needed, IMO, but entrapment encouragements will likely be involved. Fascists NEED such violence to come to power, and once more, they will call it ‘terrorism:’

We must have terror and internal chaos if we are to have a New World Order. In fact, it would seem it is forecast by God to follow a period of great upheaval. 2 Thessalonians 2:3 “Let no man deceive you by any means: for that day shall not come, except there come a falling away first, and that man of sin be revealed, the son of perdition;” In the text of King James, ‘falling away’ means ‘rebellion,’ and the day spoken of is the End Days, the ‘son of perdition’ the Antichrist. Be not deceived by your leaders.

How is terrorism a tool for political control?

Findings

In summary, we see the pattern is complete in all instances, following the path of cause and effect which is opposite the model of the Control Group. There is no effort to combat terror, but instead, to generate it.  It is a political control technology, a kind of mind control; it generates fear to enable tighter security control at the expense of liberty, generates resentment to foment new terror threats and, thereby, to repeat the cycle even well after any foreign threats might be abated through takeover of their governments (per the PowerPoint).

There is a great falling away taking place in the Muslim World, as they war amongst themselves for radical supremecy. In the non Muslim World, where radical Islam conducts terror strikes, populations loose freedoms which will steadily lead them toward having no other choice but armed revolt. My prior blogs are full of this warning, and show how perilously close it may be right here, in America. But this is a World-wide phenomenon, as the Occupy movement has shown. We are ripe. We have been deceived by a cyclic strategy which brings us ever closer to boil over.

Such cyclic strategy worked in the Middle East flavor, it worked in the European flavor, and the South American flavor, and it will work in the homegrown flavor (if we allow it). Dumbed-down Sheeple comply with little true objection in the false belief it is perfectly logical to so evolve, not realizing, like the frog in pot of water on the stove, that the political control temperature will soon be fatal and leave them with no way to escape a terrible unwanted and unforeseen fate; rule by a totalitarian police state, and even the Antichrist. Got 666? Almost.

In Fatal rebirth, the cover of the first volume expresses it all this way: Terrorism creates Nationalism (obedience and loyalty to government ­— who’s political leaders benefit from terrorism); Nationalism fosters Capitalism (most notably, the Military-Industrial-Intelligence-Media Complex — who profit from terrorism); Capitalism empowers Globalism ­­— the power elite of the round table groups, the modern Illuminati (who benefit and profit from terrorism); Globalism therefore requires Terrorism — funding it directly, and through their control mechanisms within capitalism, nationalism. In effect, it is nothing more than a cyclic machine, an engine to power control mechanisms, and made up of control mechanisms, cyclic in nature.

I call it the Armageddon Machine. I also call it treason, though that is just the outer shell at the national level. If a shooting war erupts (armed revolt), the shooting should not stop until that machine is destroyed. It will not be a revolution simply to restore the Constitution and reestablish freedom, but to delay or prevent the end of the World as we know it. The modern Illuminati, the Globalists of the World, will be the true enemy, not just some handful of govermentals and their obedient armies. It will be a war with powers and principalities, the truest source and form of terror imaginable.

They exist not just here in our own country, but in other countries, from whence they manipulate and participate in events, here. We will likely have to take that war to them, as well. Any such revolution will need to be enlarged to an internationally scope, or we will never be able to start anew with hope of long success. Emptying Freedom’s lifeboat of Illuminati water has little effect if the satanic hole from which it springs forth is not also plugged.

This is true in every nation. Fascism, the outward manifestation of Globalism, exists in every government to one degree or another. The more affluent and powerful the nation, the more it controls the nation in subversively covert or openly overt ways. It matters not if the country is socialist, communist, democratic, or religiously governed (e.g., Islamic); fascist-globalist mechanisms guide it toward Illuminati goals. As the Occupy movement has illustrated, there is hardly a nation where the people are not starting to awaken to these facts.

The next revolution will undoubtedly spread to be global — especially if it originate in the one nation thought to be ‘most’ free. As America goes, so goes Canada, and Mexico. As America and Canado goes, so goes Britain. As Mexico goes, so goes Central and South America. As Britain goes, so goes the European Community. As they go, so goes the entirety of the former Soviet Bloc. And from there it is only logical that Middle East and Asiatic, and the rest, join in.

Is the war on terrorism fake?

Epilog…

That possibility moves me to employ something from the Prolog of Fatal Rebirth as Epilog, here. Because all men seeking freedom in such a battle will become John Gault in that day. If not, or if John Gault falters and fails, the Antichrist will come to power; we suffer End Game. But if Gault prevails, as in the fictional character’s role in Atlas Shrugged (Ayn Rand), the World will come to a screeching halt on its current course to Hell, and get a second chance, a reprieve, and an extension to our lease on the Planet, though at great cost. From Fatal Rebirth:

Truth cannot live on a diet of secrets, withering within a web of entangled lies. Freedom cannot live on a diet of lies, in the end surrendering to the veil of their oppression. The human spirit cannot live on a diet of oppression, being subservient against the will to that unchecked evil. God, as truth incarnate, will not long let stand a world devoted to such evils. Therefore, let us have the truth and freedom our spirits require… or let us die seeking these things, for without them, we shall surely and justly perish in an evil world.

And yet, in final note for this post, I am also moved to write… as the Bible text indicates, that to so revolt may play directly into their hands. The answer is found in the nature and outcome of any such revolt, especially if Global. The key, I am convinced, is where the revolt starts, when and why, and how it concludes. That, however, will be another blog post. Here, I will simply say this: God has our back, either way — provided we make no foolish mistakes and act without right-use-ness of Free Will (righteousness). Subscribe to learn more.

Related articles

• Non-Muslims Carried Out More than 90% of All Terrorist Attacks on U.S. Soil ! Jewish & ‘Latino’ Extremists Carried Out Even More Attacks Than Muslims! (socioecohistory.wordpress.com)
• The FBI’s Fake Terror Plots – Judge Napolitano (therebel.org)
• N. Korea EMP Attack Next False Flag per Wag-The-Dog Evidence (proparanoid.wordpress.com)

Psyops TV: How They Dumb You Down to Set You Up

You are being indoctrinated and conditioned to accept the Orwellian nightmare. Cancel that. You have been, and here is how.

by H. Michael Sweeney

copyright © 2013, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this paragraph, are included.

How can you spot psyops on television? Easy. Just turn it on!

Update: April 20, 2013 Made correction to heading numbering, and to add this commentary based on media coverage of the Boston Marathon bombing:

Hillary Clinton’s worries about loosing the information war to the Internet were most clearly mandated in the Sandy Hook matter when manipulated media was never more obvious. They made so many mistakes in presenting ‘facts’ that it is no wonder that conspiracy theories were popping up faster than for JFK’s murder.

Then came the Boston attack by two Brothers, and it is suddenly a 180 degree shift, almost as if CBS, the only network I was able to observe (but perhaps others) had actually read this blog page and fixed everything I’ve cited, as well as repaired the flawed methods employed in Sandy Hook for getting out the official falsehoods. No more conflicting facts, replaced instead on continual source checking and self correction, and plenty of differentiation between solid sources and conjecture.

They also dumped the psyops special viewing effects described herein, making it very possible for the most dumbed down of us to follow along and not get confused. It was 1950’s quality newscasts, all over again, but in living color. If all of media would follow this model, and do their job to question questionable government reports, there would be no reason for we conspiracy theorists (their term for questioning contradictions in what we are told) to worry the likes of Clinton.

This does not, of course, prove there was no false flag event involved, or a broader conspiracy yet to be uncovered, but the point is, there is no set of conflicting statements to fuel speculation of any such conspiracy. I don’t see conspiracy being the case, though there are some things which bother me about the affair which I’ll save for another blog well after the dust has settled.

I’d like to offer three cheers to all of law enforcement at all levels for a hard-won effort, and to media for doing their job the way they are supposed to, per the best tenants of Journalism. Keep it up, and you can put people like me out of business, and me happier for it! End of update.

Was the Boston Marathon bombing false flag?

What you will learn reading this blog:

• Documented CIA and similar covert media psyops programs have been run on us as far back as 1914, and likely, before;
• Media disinfo and conditioning is a form of Political Control Technology, a polite term for mind control;
• TV programming is designed to make us fearful enough to accept military rule and violation of Constitutional rights;
• TV news employs psyops science in visual presentation as a key tool for dumbing down;
• TV ‘entertainment’ is often a dumbing down tool and/or conditions us for dark things to come;
• One small group controls and insures that school textbooks jump-start young people toward the dumbed-down state.

Can TV be used in mind control? Yes!

In 1968 you got a simple, direct presentation of news. Still images in the background, moving images filled the screen replacing the reporter. Simple, informative.

In defense of Television executives, media moguls, and producers everywhere, they have largely been duped into cooperating in TV psyops unknowingly… well, yes there are quite a few very eager to go along, too. After all, Fascists exist in every industry sector, especially when the New World Order crowd deems media control a priority; one of the key steps in the Illuminait’s original 1776 plan to establish a New World Order (they coined the phrase); a long-term plan to establish a one-World government that they might seat the Antichrist.

But here and now in contemporary times, the tools of psyops are all powerful, and the Illuminati would seem well and alive in the Globalist ’round table’ enclaves such as the Council on Foreign Relations, the Bilderbergers, the Skull and Bones, Rhodes Scholarships, and on and on. But we are talking here about their operatives, not their leadership; the ones who effect psyops in support of such agenda.

That means we are talking about CIA, military, and military-industrial-complex infiltration and manipulation of media, which is why in my books on abuse of power by and crimes of the New World Order, I call it the Military Industrial Intelligence Media Complex (MIIM). We start this examination by going back a little bit in time, as what has come before has been in building block fashion…

Does the military industrial complex use psyops to make us want a war? Yes!

Stage 1: Operation Mockingbird

Actually, stage 1 predated Mockingbird, and yet was its archetype. It took place pre WWI, when the Powder Interests (arms industry, predecessors to the military industrial complex) bought control of 26 newspapers to change public opinion about entering into the war.

Note of whimpering: I would normally send you to a link at my own Web site with the full Congressional Record proof of the matter, but the IRS has effectively shut down my income producing sites leaving me to live on about $530 a month after paying them $150 against some $6,000 of the National Debt seemingly engineered for the purpose. So the link illustrating the matter will take you elsewhere. Any contributions via PayPal using proparanoid at century link net would help put me back online. End of whimpering, for now.

America was, at the time, quite Pacifist in view, until the bought media began reporting in unison the lie that German soldiers were regularly raping and then cutting off the breasts of Belgium women, especially Nuns. That, and like reported crimes never happened, at least not as claimed, though you still find citations that it did based on the original reports even today. Post war research verifies NO SUCH CLAIMS.

There was one oft cited incident as ‘proof’ of such. The victim was not a Nun, as reported by a Belgian soldier’s commentaries  published in a book by the American Defense Society in 1918. That group was formed in 1915 with ex military, arms merchants, and others and was quite militant, led by non other than Theodore Roosevelt, who had lost the 1912 election against Pacifist Wilson. This was AFTER media reports about the atrocities and seems an attempt to ‘prove’ the matter after the fact. They hardly needed bother, as anyone who questioned such reports was decried as un-American, unpatriotic, and a Socialist traitor. ADS believed in enforcing Sedition policies (criticizing or questioning government was treated as a crime).

Such tactics changed our mood as a nation. So when they also illegally secreted munitions aboard the cargo holds of the Luxury Liner RMS Lucitania, and then let the Germans know about it… the Germans did the predictable thing and sank the ship, sparking enough outrage that we finally went to war. Now, while we are wanting to talk TV, here, and a bit perhaps about the film industry, closely related — what they learned in 1917 would apply once TV had gotten its foothold in the American landscape.

The National Security Act of 1947 saw the birth of CIA, Department of Defence, the National Security Council, and all resulting sins, including mind control projects. The lesser known story, as revealed in my book set, Fatal Rebirth, is that the Act was sponsored by the evolving Powder Industry, as well. In fact, they threatened to establish a civilian operated equivalent of CIA if Truman did not move Congress to do so.

As it happens, a relative on my Wife’s side was right in the middle of that, serving both directly in the Truman White House as State Department liaison, and later, a like role for the Secretary of Defense. I had access to a trunk load of his papers going back to WWI, where he was Army Intelligence. ‘Uncle’ George Bernard Nobel was also a Rhodes Scholar who later helped establish Pacific Rim Globalist round table groups while professor at Reed College, to whom we donated his papers — save the WWII code books disguised as Masonic lodge codebooks (a different one every 90 days), which I retained.

One of the earliest projects undertaken by CIA, of course, was to attack United States citizenry with the same exact covert war tools it would later apply against other countries they wanted to topple: disinformation through media infiltration and control. Called Operation Mockingbird, CIA put thousands of agents to work in all forms of news media, and bribed or intimidated, blackmailed, or misled legitimate reporters, producers, and moguls to cooperate. Don’t take my word for it, it, too, is in the Congressional Record.

It continues today in many ways, though Mockingbird was ‘discontinued,’ after it was revealed in the 1970s through Congressional investigation… after nearly 30 years of disinformation damage. One early example of particular note close to my heart was the coining of the phrase ‘conspiracy theorist’ by ex Army intelligence officer, Walter Cronkite. This was used to discredit and quell the many questions arising in the public’s mind over ties between JFK’s murder and CIA and the military, and the Mob partnership behind the plot, as eventually proven in courtroom testimony by ex CIA Agents involved  (Hunt vs. Liberty Lobby).

Another close to my heart was the deliberate and methodical placement of jokes in comedy shows regarding tin foil hats (continues today there, and on the Web), implying anyone/anything relating to the possibility of mind control was ‘loony.’ In truth, the joke were sparked because a particular man in NYC entered a Police Precinct wearing a tin foil hat claiming he was being mind controlled by CIA experiments.

Totally ignored and shoved out the door with suggestions he see a shrink, his body was later found… minus tin foil hat, where there were dozens of electrodes implanted in his brain. This made the newspapers, and within weeks TV sitcoms began having jokes about tin foil hats here, there, and everywhere. There is no Web link regarding that unfortunate victim’s news accounts now that my sites are shut down, but I have also documented it in my book, MC Realities.

Here is another look at Mockingbird by one of America’s last true investigative journalists, Carl Bernstien, of Watergate fame. But the important part is that television played an important role in early Mockingbird, a role which would eventually prove key to getting Bush and Nixon into the White House, the start of the Bush Dynasty. That, and CIA ‘adapted’ software used to ‘count’ votes in America (the book Votescam, by James and Kenneth Collier, is a good place to review, the very first chapter).

How does TV dumb us down?

Stage 2: Indoctrination to set you up

50s & 60s TV: Broderick Crawford’s Highway Patrol, and The Man From U.N.C.L.E. featuring Robert Vaughn and David McCallum of NCIS fame as Soviet born Illya Kuryakin

Coincidental with Mockingbird was infiltration of Hollywood and TV programming with propaganda which continues at a heightened pace, today. I’m talking about the early use of documentary-style portrayals of real-world, and later, fictional events involving ‘white hat’ Agencies. The first of note was I Led Three Lives, a dramatization of the true-life story of an advertising executive who was actually a covert undercover FBI double agent within the Communist Party, where he was involved in aiding and yet subverting plots to overthrow the United States. It taught us to fear the Reds all over again after McCarthyism. Then came FBI, staring Efram Zimbalist, Jr., which overtly went after the Communists as well as bank robbers, kidnappers, and other nasties — in an America where the only car maker was apparently Ford, as the streets were filled with the sponsor’s product; an early product placement strategy where even the bad guys drove them.

The purpose of these shows was: a) to make you glad we had such agencies by; b) portraying evil everywhere, and c) always getting the best of the bad guys by being good guys, upright, moral, and always operating legally. It worked. I loved those shows as a kid, as did my parents. As consequence, a whole generation of young grew up wanting to join the FBI, CIA, Police, and so forth. CIA had shows like Robert Culp/Bill Cosby (in a serious role!) in I Spy and Patrick McGoohan as Secret Agent, not to mention The Man From U.N.C.L.E. (a secret United Nations version of CIA that taught us to trust the U.N. to watch out for us) and interest in law enforcement was fueled by endless Cop shows, of which there were so many over the years as to be pointless in naming, except perhaps for Jack Webb’s Dragnet, and Broderick Crawford’s Highway Patrol, two of the earliest successes.

Fast forward to recent times, and they’ve refined the tactic to condition us to military dominion. But also with a mental switch being thrown… as they now want us to think that its OK for the good guys to not be so legally upright. You know… ‘the ends justifies the means’ thinking (a Fascist’s motto). It started with shows like JAG (Judge Advocate General), where the military justice and investigation system was quite well presented that we should think it as good as civilian justice, coincidentally more or less synchronous with A Few Good Men, a major motion picture equivalent with Jack Nicholson and Tom Cruise. Well, they at least obeyed military law and procedure, but the next wave was a bit more ‘loose’ about it, spin offs from JAG, mostly.

That would be  NCIS and a flood of sister/spinoff/parent shows where you are guaranteed in each and every episode to see someone’s privacy illegally invaded at the touch of a computer or other act (but it is OK, it is the military/government, after all, and they would certainly watch out for us innocent folks who have nothing to hide, right? Besides, the bad guys don’t deserve the same treatment as we would want for ourselves, do they?) Rights should be contingent upon government’s judgment, we are to believe, and they seem pretty free to make instant judgements in these shows… “Already done, Boss,” as McGee (Sean Murry) says so frequently in NCIS.

Note: Indeed this is exactly what the Constitution of the NewStates of America spells out. The document is intended to replace the current Constitution after Martial Law and military rule, according to former Naval Intelligence Officer, William Cooper, who discovered the document had been prepared at a cost of $25 million by a NWO think tank. In Fatal Rebirth, the entire document is analyzed verse by verse to reveal that there are no guaranteed rights. All are conditional, and all are subject to retroactive cancellation, and more than one authority may so decree. Anyone may be ruled an enemy of the State at any time for any reason.

Such shows also tend to have advanced alien-caliber technological capabilities which work instantaneously to provide, in the nick of time for both the plot and the next commercial break, the critical evidence. This aspect is also present in many of the crime fighting counterparts such as Numbers (where they in each show attempt to present, but I have yet to see, a scientifically correct presentation of their questionable methodology), Profiler (gets us used to the idea that profiling, normally a negative term, is a bit like pre-crime thought police, and a good thing — we need more cops on our streets, and a few more in our heads), CSI, and so forth, proving to us Citizens that we ought be good and fully obedient, because like Santa, the cops and the Federales can always find out who’s’ naughty and nice, no matter what. Obey, or they will get you.

The truth is, though you may yet still doubt it, you are being set up for military control. More on that notion in the summary. And yet, it is a double whammy, because everything the TV moguls have learned about how TV can be used to manipulate you for the purposes outlined, can also be applied in marketing to boost advertiser sales. So while you are being dumbed down and set up, you are also being convinced you need (everything). So don’t just obey, but also, order yours today, and be sure to borrow heavily to do it! Remember, debt is the ultimate form of non violent control, and the last thing you want is to force them to resort to violence (which is inevitable, anyway, because they have to get the guns, you know – another reason for needing to stage an event worthy of Martial Law).

Does news deliberately dumb us down? Absolutely!

Stage 3: News Manipulation to dumb you down

We will talk about a number of things here, and a bit later, we will look at some specific technical methods employed. This section sets the stage. I’d send you to my Web site for the 25 Rules of Disinformation, all of which are easy to see illustrated in news in general. But I can’t (still whimpering and hoping for your kind contribution), so here is one of the many dozens of sites which have reproduced it, my most popular piece ever, with many tens of millions of downloads.  You will find that each ploy is used on you every day, either directly by media, or by those they are interviewing without doing their job of asking hard questions when things don’t make sense as result of the ploy(s) elected.

So when they tell us there were four pistols ONLY found in Sandy Hook, and the Rifle was locked in the car, but all the kids were shot with a Bushmaster, and moreover, virtually every round fired by the 3,000 foot per second high powered bullets not only hit a target (almost no misses), but also stayed in the bodies… we tend to accept it as ‘factual.’ No wonder there are so many conspiracy theories afoot about that, and other news stories of our time. And this is proof of dumbing down, because more than half the people are NOT questioning the ‘facts,’ all effectively turned into Ozzian Scarecrows in search of a brain; straw-stuffed Sheeple.

Used to be, Newsmen listened to what sources were telling them, reported that, and when finding inconsistencies, pursued them until they had an answer, and told us that, too, wether it was a good or bad answer. They also used ‘redactions’ or other correction notices to update us when things became clearer. Now you get the official line, and on to the next story before you think something was amiss. Heaven forbid we should dare ask about the man behind the curtain.

Got a war? Imbed the journalists with psyops media warriors to insure news cameras see only what they are supposed to see, and report what is allowed to be reported (patriotic pro war). Those not willing to be embedded, get shot up by helicopter gunships and tanks just to make sure they might ought prefer to be embedded. And yet, there is even disinfo and psyops taking place in such friendly fire incidents…

Who is most often central to those reports? Reuters, an original CIA Operation Mockingbird front which was (at one time, at) owned outright by CIA, though you won’t find that in a Google Search (you used to be able to do so). It is listed in my books, and of course, at my sites (whimper). My favorite photograph (also at my Web site) is a news crew in Africa interviewing some Nigerians about terrorist activities in the region, and the guy holding the sound boom has a T-shirt which reads, “NOT CIA.”  Really?

Which brings us to some more dumbing down/setting up. Remember that series of ‘bin Laden’ videos we kept seeing after 9-11 ‘obtained’ with messages for the World? If you are not afraid of terrorists, you won’t put up with oppressive Constitutionally neutering laws and atrocities by TSA, unconstitutional border checks 60 miles inland on highways not even going to the Border, and military gunships letting go  with their Gattlings near your kid’s school.  Internationally (but not in America), experts on bin Laden, on the Arabic language, and in governments far and wide were stating publicly on THEIR news that the videos were fake (eventually admitted to by CIA), not bin Laden, but a look-alike, and not saying what was claimed, at all.

Keep in mind every news outlet in America of any clout ALWAYS keeps tabs on what other nation’s media are talking about. That’s one way they learn about newsworthy events around the World, and about how other nation’s see events in America, which is often an element of the ongoing story, here. So it isn’t just experts in America they were deliberately ignoring, they were also pretending no one else in the World was talking about it. Deliberate psyops by concealment. That’s willful malfeasance, and as such disinformation has effectively cost American lives, makes them complicit in murder,should anyone wish to file a lawsuit.

But, thanks to the Internet, we eventually as a collective consciousness began to realize the tapes were phony, and we also began picking up on stories which revealed that the Iraqi troops bayonetting of babies in Kuwaiti hospitals in order to steal their incubators was, like the Belgium women’s breast story… an official CIA hoax. Now here is where we see yet another manipulation of media, this time the Internet. As recent as two years ago (last time I did it, anyway), you could find mainstream coverage on the Web of the revelation that this was a lie fostered by a Public Relations firm that is listed as a CIA front. Not now. Now you can only find blogger, Youtube, my closed Web site, and foreign media reports. One of the Rules of Disinformation is, after all, ‘If you don’t print it (or hide it, later), it didn’t happen.’

It was roughly in this time frame, in my opinion, that America began to realize that we hardly EVER got the truth from Washington, or for the matter, the Washington Post, New York Times, Time Magazine, CNN, MSNBC, ABC, et. al. The led to…

What is the information war? Disinformation at its finest.

Stage 4: The Information War

The information war was officially on between the Internet via outspoken activists, investigative writers, and indeed, conspiracy theorists who sought only the truth, and the MIIM complex and their minions of control, mainstream media. This was recently officially acknowledged in a recent remark to Congress by Hillary Clinton as Head of the U.S. State Department, obliquely referencing the Internet in and among a larger collective of ‘alternative media’:

“We are in an information war and we are loosing that war.”

Of course, you only got the sanitized version from the Washington Post and other mainstream outlets. They would have you believe she was only worried about foreign news networks such as Al Jazeera, and RT (Russian Television) News. Both of these outlets offer English speaking versions and are enjoying American viewing attention at up to 100 times greater than failing american media giants. And where are they getting all the attention? Not via TV sets, but the Internet, a little detail omitted in the telling of her story by those media giants.

But who can blame us for wanting to hear what other countries say when we find out our own country is lying to us? And I mean BIG TIME. Did you know the Pentagon knew the date of the Afghan invasion and was sending Colin Powel and top US Generals around to our allies to arrange for multinational support well before Sept. 11 attacks? What? You thought we only went to war when there was a just cause? Would it help you to know that Australian, Indian, UK, and Russian news sources were talking about this before Sept. 11 and wondering how we were going to justify war with a backward non technological country rich with oil, gas, and illegal drug growing operations?

Clearly, someone in the military knew in advance there was going to be a ‘Big Wedding’ (al Qaeda’s alleged codename for 9-11) event, and was sending out guest invitations. But American media dare not report that fact before the event, or you would realize 9-11 was an inside job. Truthers exist everywhere, as result of the endless conflicting facts, but are belittled by media in self defense; if they admitted the truth, they would be confessing complicity to a conspiracy to mass murder.

And yet they continue to loose ground, making it an urgent matter for the Globalsist to more quickly move toward Martial Law, because THAT will also enable…

Stage 5: Internet 3.0, the Kill Switch, and political censorship

Congress has repeatedly attempted to redefine the Internet towards political censorship, a matter which deserves its own blog, and indeed, many good articles already abound. Take a look at SOPA, PIPA, and CISPA, for instance (Congressional Bill nicknames). But if there is a Martial Law, the Web will be shut down, as will be phones, mail service, and radio/TV as we know it. The only communications allowed will be government to you, and mostly unpleasant in nature. Moreover, it will be illegal to criticize government publicly.

Eventually, services will be restored, but at that point, you will not be able to rely upon the Web for ANYTHING short of government and corporate approved content. A total Police State will have been achieved, and we will be dealing with the NewStates of America, which will move to form (as enabled by the new Constitution) the North American Union in support of the march to a one-World government, and the Antichrist’s End Game.

Fortunately, we are not there, yet. But they are preparing us for that day, conditioning us daily in our TV news feeds. And to help us get the right message, they use clever visual tricks to go with the information they want us to come away with (and minus that they are unwilling to reveal). That brings us to the most interesting section, in my view…

How does TV dumb us down?

The psyops science behind TV News

CNN has so much visual clutter you cannot possibly avoid dumbing down to the story

A seldom noticed tool for dumbing down is right in front of your eyes when watching modern network (and to a degree, local) news programs. It is the methodology (psyops science) of visual presentation. Compare today’s methods as we examine them to the image at page top from a 1968 newscast. Which one is likely to better insure your attention is focused on the words you hear and the key photos or moving images representing the actual news topic under discussion? The answer MUST be, the old way. A mind’s attention divided against itself by distractions cannot be whole in thought. It’s how accidents happen in the real World. It’s how dumbing down happens in the news world.

First Example: CNN; the sample images are divided into zones for discussion purposes. I have additionally outlined areas in red which represent special effects being applied in unique ways with respect to transparency. When things are transparent, and especially when the background is indiscernible, it allow the subconscious mind to be confused; something solid seems real and factual, that which is nebulous is less real or concrete, and more implied than factual.

Zone 1, a and b parts — is showing a moving graphical pattern promoting the news program, which in this case really is not a news program at all, but a news spin mechanism to take a select news story and make sure you get the official slant in a way that interfaces well with the greater Globalist agenda (i.e., gun control is good, OWS and Internet activists are bad, etc.). You literally see it in her eyes; ‘You have to believe me!’ There is no synchronicity in the movement of the background pattern between the zones, giving your mind a kind of subconscious mental puzzle to resolve… is it the same pattern, or isn’t it?

Zone 2 is also in two parts. The official CNN Logo (b) is animated over a separately animated background (a), to create a mental 3-D puzzle of sorts. An element of the puzzle is that the background is nebulous and hard to grasp, with just enough detail to imply there should be something there recognizable, and yet, just as you think you understand what it is, it is not. There is actually a 3rd unmarked zone I failed to note at first… the blackened rectangle at the lower-right corner. It also contains the same CNN image machinations, but the color has been removed, creating yet another puzzle for the subconscious to resolve.

Zone 3 in two parts — is yet another play on the name of the show, with things in motion. The name scrolls to the left in (a), competing with and drawing your eye away from any other text which appears, and then vanishing with transparency into part (b), which is where they want your attention to go (nothingness). So when the text changes and your eye darts to it (distracts you from the spoken word or other video present), you are additionally distracted subconsciously by the scrolling text adjacent; two tiers of distraction, one distracting you from the other.

Zone 4 in four parts — four different text sections, each able to change for various reasons, which may be synchronous as with a complete change of presentation topic, or asynchronous within a presentation to provide additional timed distractions. The worse offenders would be those texts which scroll endlessly. Your eyes dart back and forth endlessly, unless one thing seems more important momentarily. Regardless, you mind has been divided repeatedly.

What you are left with in most such shows, is no fewer than a half dozen moving images and as many textual elements, all competing for attention to subtly make it less likely that you will remember much more than the most basic of details — such that most Americans STILL TODAY, (of those who favor TV as their news source) are not even aware of the conflicting facts about guns at Sandy Hook, much less any of the other controversies. They simply were unable to absorb the needed level of detail to say “Wait a minute. Yesterday you said one thing, and now you are saying another?” Naturally, they also don’t realize they’ve been fed yet another magic bullet story (several, actually).

It is a Globalist’s tactic, so we find it in news Globally

Second Example: Univision; every network, indeed, every show, has to have a different ‘skin’ to make it visually identifiable. So a second example gives us a look at other ways to do the same thing within such skin changes. Here we see Zone 1 — a giant moving graphic element in four parts of the screen, all of which employs color cycling to further divide the parts. Color cycling is a psychotic technique which relaxes and subdues the conscious mind. Within it words are alive with motion, another layer of distraction. It is pervasive but cleverly segmented by other elements such that it is as if four separate, but synchronous sections, each competing for attention subconsciously.

Zone 2 in two parts — the primary (a) is the Reporter or first talking head. Multiple talking heads with their own window is a popular skin construct, one which especially becomes a great distractionary tool when you allow each person to speak over the other in heated manner which never seems to let but one side make their point fully… but the viewer, conditioned over time to side with the presenter’s viewpoint, simply sees ‘them winning the argument,’ and not them manipulating the flow of dialog. Else how do you explain ANY popularity for the likes of Torry turned ‘American Pontificator’ Piers Morgan, and the countless talking heads of like ilk?

Part (b) — is supplemental text information for labeling window content, and can change to other information for distractionary purposes. The question is, why is it important to tell us it is the Studio when we know that? Or to name the party just introduced or the newsperson we are used to seeing? We already know these things; they are simply there as a decisive distractionary tool. Every time they change, our eyes and attention are tempted to be diverted.

Zone 3 — in two parts is the second window for alternate video or added talking heads. This reduced viewing area will LIMIT the detail we are allowed in the news presentation. They might allow us the luxury of full screen video for things where they want us to absorb something (i.e., the full scope of violence by protestors), or elect the minimal viewing window when they’d rather we not so easily see something (i.e., police violence). Sure, sometimes it does not matter, and sometimes there may be no deliberate intent inherent in such changes. But the tool is there if they need it.

Zone 4 — is a replay of CNN’s, with an additional 5th part. There is no intrinsic difference in strategy or use. Again we find special effects using transparency along with motion (red outlined area near lower right corner). In this case, text is scrolling which is not quite readable without great effort, the same text (I think) as used in the main background (Zone 1), but scrolling the opposite direction. How distracting is that? It has to be intentional.

Worse, if there is any actual verbal content in all that scrolling background text, it is being absorbed by the subconscious. There is therefore the potential for subliminal programming, an early CIA developed mind control trick — but I do not know it is present, nor can I make such a determination as I do not read Spanish, and the original image is not clear enough to support translation efforts. I would defer to anyone with more direct specific analysis.

So, tell me again, Hillary, Piers, et.al, about Sandy Hook, 9-11, and why you don’t believe there is a conspiracy afoot somewhere in those engineered tragedies, and other controversies which flood the evil Internet? Oh… because people believe what you tell them to believe. I should have known better, since the public all went to school using text books approved by a handful of people in Texas appointed by George Bush to globalist standards… and most other States will not approve books unless the Texas group has first approved them.

Yes, I’m talking about the same people that insured text books sent to Afghani schools a decade before September 11 used pictures of bombs and guns and grenades for counting exercises… just in time to create a generation of terrorists… and then replaced them with pictures of wholesome things once we invaded. How could anyone believe anything else than the official message, given the running start on dumbing down such programming gives them? But you know, that’s yet another news story that’s vanished from the Web, of late, so why do I waste my time arguing with you?

Its the people who think for themselves I’m really concerned with reaching.

Who is winning the information war? YOU — if you pay attention!

Related articles

• The disaster of manufactured consent in the Matrix (usahitman.com)
• Illuminati Mind Control & the Report from Iron Mountain (fromthetrenchesworldreport.com)

1776 2.0 Cometh: What Price Treason, and Who Pays?

Gun Control Laws and other Constitutional/Bill of Rights erosions by government are TREASON. Ultimately, YOU decide who is going to pay, and how.

1776 2.0 Cometh

by H. Michael Sweeney

copyright © 2013, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this paragraph, are included.

Compare 1776 to 2012 and tell me where you live

What is the price of treason, and who pays?

Historically, the price of Treason can be unbearably high. If caught and convicted, the price can be as high as death, typically by hanging or by firing squad. In time of war, especially, and if that war be a revolution to throw off a tyranny born of such treason, the death penalty is more oft employed. Therefore, only a fool undertakes treason lightly; those who accept such risk must have great personal gains as their motive, else why the gamble?

But the cost is also high if such tyranny is not overthrown. If one is subservient to it without protest, or resistance is beaten down by it, the cost is loss of all Freedom, and often, again… the loss of life itself. For when government gives unto itself absolute power, it is corrupted absolutely, and free to deem any person at will as unworthy of life simply because they are seen as an inconvenience to whatever drives their tyrannical agenda. Yes. An example is called for:

Today, the person acting as President, through the NDAA Act, has, in conspiracy with those who voted for the Bill, usurped the power to take life and liberty with just a word; the tyrannical power of a 12^th century King. When any one man establishes by manipulative means the power of life and death over fellow men in deference to all existing law, it is a crime. Treason.

Alex Jones was right, gun control means 1776 all over again

A line in the sand: when is 1776, 2.0?

SOON, thanks to the push for gun control, when each of us must decide if we are subservient and wiling to be the ones to pay the price by  giving up our rights as well as the means to insure them… or if we will instead assert our rights and throw off the yoke of fascist rule of the New World Order by defending our guns in resolute defiance BY RULE OF LAW; the Constitution’s Second Amendment. That’s what it is there, for — it is not there for Duck hunting rights. It is that we might always have available Minutemen, and all who are able ought serve.

Heed my words, for I have been warning of this moment in time for more than ten years, starting with my bookset, Fatal Rebirth.

Note: Fatal Rebirth predicted Sept. 11 events in sponsorship of Middle East wars for oil. It predicted assassination plots against Ross Perot to kill the third party movement (indeed, mailed anthrax attack on his family would cause him to withdraw from the election the very night he would have won a place on the ballot and legitimized a third Populist political party). It predicted many things, including a series of mass shootings to enable gun control legislation.

 

It also predicted the next wave of terror attacks, including likely locations and methods, as false flag ruse to declare Martial Law, suspend the Constitution, and go door-to-door to collect ‘contraband’ and discover ‘terrorists’ (after our guns, mostly). But it also predicted how to resist and overcome such tactics, with specific advice to the Militia and others wishing to resist. You can get a free copy of volume I ebook by email to pppress at century link net.

I’ve written many posts about the coming moment, too, best described as that critical moment when each of us must decide if a line in the sand has been crossed which cannot be tolerated. Some of these posts are listed below, others are linked within this text. In one, I put it this way: government plays Russian Roulette and puts a gun to their head every time they undertake an oppressive or unconstitutional act, and pulls the trigger at its signing into law.

Eventually, they will go too far, and it will be yet another shot heard around the World; 1776, once more. It is, after all, how revolutions are started. An attempt to seize and restrict gun ownership is that line in the sand which must not be crossed, even at risk of escalation to armed rebellion. It guarantees not just one shot, but many, many, many more immediately thereafter. Only a fool would fail to realize that if any such revolution comes, those who are deemed as traitors will find it was as if there was a de facto bounty upon their head.

And from the very beginning, at the time the Constitution was penned, and the Amendments thereof brought into being, Thomas Jefferson and his patriot fellows warned this would be so: “The beauty of the second amendment is that it will not be needed until they try to take it.”

That Jeffersonian comment underscores the reason for its existence, which has NOTHING to do with the right to hunt or protect us from criminals, but everything to do with being able to protect us from government run amok. Our government runs AMOK, NOW, and has for some time. Shame on YOU for allowing it to go this far! Shame on me and you if we do not at last toe that line in the sand, standing firmly, side by side.

Are mass shootings simply false flag operations to take guns?

Let us be clear: what defines treason?

Treason defined on the fly by Mobs: Fascist Government Leaders (including Police officials) hung by the mobs when Mussolini was overthrown

Those in power define the answer, the wording of law not withstanding. I am likely now, or soon to be, like all dissenters, activists, and Constitutionalists, gun owners, and the like, as a single class targeted by a fascist coupe marching toward their New World Order, to be declared guilty of treason for daring to write these words. That’s the way Fascism works, and why no one is safe when it rules. But should 1776 revisit, and the People and Constitution win, WE will be the ones who define Treason. Here is my view of what that definition should be:

a) It is treason to swear an oath to uphold the Constitution while at the same time being a member of a New World Order institution which has their own oath to give up sovereignty in favor of a unified World government (which, ultimately, enables seating of the Antichrist). Therefore, a long list of governmentals are de facto traitors by virtue of lying when they gave their oath of office — while being members of the Tri-Lateral Commission, the Bilderbergers, the Council on Foreign Relations, Skull and Bones, or being a Rhodes Scholar, or similar.

These groups all require agreement to such contrary oaths or with stated globalist agenda, all of which is nothing less than rewording which conforms with the Illuminati formula for World domination, for which it was they who coined the term, New World Order. It is, today, very hard to find a Congressmen or other governmental who is not such a traitor, and the remainder look upon such groups as if wiser than their own ability to think for themselves, even to the point of accepting and acting upon their Globalist ‘reports’ as if Congressional findings. Treason.

b) It is treason to knowingly propose and vote for, and sign a Bill into law which is unconstitutional, or any Bill you have NOT READ and debated properly. Any act to subvert the Constitution, be it willful or by negligence, justifies the charge of treason, and let the defendant prove otherwise. Given that all such persons are educated in the law as a rule, one may safely presume there are no fools unaware of the significance, and the due seriousness with which their duties under their oaths of Office require of them to be diligent.

They undertook such acts at their own peril, and in full awareness of the responsibility to take care. So be it, when it comes time to answer for it. The list of such Bills is long, and many shall be held accountable. In fact, I can only think of two or three Congressionals who may be completely innocent, but there may, hopefully, be others. If not, perhaps the time for revolution is now.

c) To the point, here and now, today: ALL governmentals who support gun control laws which take away the right of the citizen to own military grade weapons are guilty of Treason. The Dick Act of 1902 made clear that the UNREGULATED MILITIA (that’s ANY citizen with a gun who stands to serve) shall NOT be denied the right to have military grade weapons. And yet, Congress has subverted this law time and again, by clever rewording of definitions, and the trickery of ‘dual oaths’ of service.

Therefore, all prior gun control laws which so inhibit access, or which create registration lists, are de facto null and void, and treasonous. Any attempt to collect weapons against the wishes of owners constitutes theft of private property on the one hand, and an attempted coupe on the other (treason), as does any attempt to prohibit or limit access, or to ‘register,’ anything with a Federal agency.

Personally, I want my own SAM and Apache gunship, thank you. I want all gun control laws repealed. The only law which I would approve is that to purchase a weapon, you would need be an adult of sound mind, and with no criminal record, to be determined by a blanket background check where the purpose of application was unstated, but authorized by the person being checked, as all background checks should be.

 

I only registration process should be to register guns, not owners: a registration process managed by the States which collects sample slugs from fired guns from sellers (the Registrars) for forensic comparisons in criminal matters. The State would not know who owned the gun, but if used in a crime, could obtain a warrant to get that information from the seller of the weapon. I further want colleges to offer firearms safety training courses as an alternative to ROTC, and as part of ROTC.

 

I want every State to have at least one citizen militia not subject to State control, and I want the State to provide them with access to military training facilities and expertise. I want every citizen who is qualified to own to be able to open carry or conceal carry. In short, I want to reduce the likelihood of criminal use of guns by means of practical and immediate (real and clearly visible) deterrence.

 

There are clearly other topics to be decided by law, such as matters of keeping guns away from unsupervised access by children, but I’m not taking up more space, here and now to totally define my views. If you want full details of how such a law could work, please request it directly and it will be made available by email.

d) All governmentals who supported NDAA are guilty of treason as well, for that law not only strips away whole sections of the Constitution, it even defeats the Magna Carta and gives the President the power of a 12^th Century King to put citizens to death by mere say so (or torture or imprison them indefinitely without trial or evidence). Is that why DHS ordered 9,000,000 sniper rounds not for military use? That’s about how many dissidents there are in this country with a loud voice, such as myself, if I may be so bold.

e) All governmentals who support the DOD sending National Guard troops to war overseas without an Act of War and Congressional declaration of War are guilty of Treason. The Dick Act, again clearly denies the President or anyone else the power to order National Guard to active duty in any other fashion. They are NOT part of the regular Army subject to DOD. We have been fools to not be aware and hold both our STATE and Federal representatives accountable under the law their wiser forefathers set for them to follow.

f) All governmentals who support the endless spying and abuse of privacy of citizens at large in the name of fighting terrorism are guilty of treason, as are those involved in seeking the development and deployment of Political Control Technology (PCT) in like guise. Not only do they, and the 30,000 drones they want to put into our skies erode Constitutional rights and safeguards long cherished under the law, they make such protections meaningless. The very nature of PCT reveals their lust for totalitarian control.

Worse, they these things are a sham: they are not there because government fears a few thousand terrorists, but because government fears 360 million citizens, which is its RIGHTFUL state; the government is there to serve us at our pleasure, and be vanquished at our displeasure, not there to rule us at theirs, and subject to suffering their displeasure. Treason.

g) Any governmental who writes a law is also subject to the law, and thus any who violate the law and evade punishment by virtue of their power of office are guilty of treason. A government which violates its own law, as ours is so often guilty of doing, has no right to demand we obey their laws, doubly so when oppressive and unconstitutional. And doubly again when the person signing them into law cannot even prove citizenship to the simplest of standards. Such people make of The Law, something less, ‘the law,’ a mockery of no value whatsoever. I refuse to obey the law, but accept and follow only the Law of the Land (The Constitution)!

And let us not forget their oft cited caveat: we have recourse through the courts if we think a law unconstitutional. What recourse is that, really? When it can take a decade to work a suit through to the Supreme Court and cost millions of dollars, there is no recourse of practical meaning. When they can write new unconstitutional laws of like purpose ten times faster than we can negate an old one, there is is no recourse which excuses their writing them, and act of pure lust for power. Treason.

h) Media should never be allowed to be under control of the military-industrial-intelligence complex. It is so much under control, today, that I term it the Military-Industrial-Intelligence-Media (MIIM) Complex. When CIA puts thousands of operatives into media… when the top three TV networks are owned by military contractors (during the Flight 800 time frame, they were)… when a newspaper publishes the names of all gun owners and deliberately places their family, homes and the guns in danger… when ‘unafraid’ and ‘fair and balanced’ means ‘the truth is whatever government and globalists say happened, facts be damned,’ then those involved are guilty of Treason.

This list could be (should be) longer, but this is a blog and people don’t like them to be too long. So if they come for the guns and shooting breaks out, heaven help virtually any governmental captured, should the Constitutionalists and Patriots win out over ‘the law.’  So. Congress, and Mr. Obama, usurper King… spin the cylinder, put the gun to your head, and pull the trigger by signing that Bill. Let’s  see who pays, and what the price shall be.

You know where I live, and many more like me. You have lists of gun owners through previously written gun laws which should never have been allowed. But every citizen knows where all of you are, too. You don’t have enough Men in Black to get the 9 million activists before the rest of us come after you in numbers you can’t stop. You certainly don’t have enough to go after all 300,000,000 guns we possess… or is that why DHS also ordered 4.2 billion rounds or regular bullets?

What will you do when they come to your door to search for guns?

Who controls gun rights?

It is not lawmakers in Washington, D.C., who write illegal (unconstitutional laws) on purpose. They control only their own fascist rhetoric. The framers of the Constitution, and that document, are the ONLY authority we need obey. Even if you do not own a gun, the weapon Washington fears is in your hands; they fear a united WE, the PEOPLE.

Ergo; to lawmakers and other power usurpers and their minions of enforcers who disobey their oaths of office: I dare you  to try to take that weapon from our hands. Bring on 1776 2.0, if you must. Clint said it best. “Do you feel lucky, Punk?”

Well, do you, Punk?

Note: the current proposed (Fascist Feinstein) gun law (clear analysis, here), will essentially force gun owners to give up the bulk of all pistols, rifles, and shotguns in a manner not unlike already undertaken in Australia. Those efforts resulted in a huge spike in gun violence as criminals were given a blank check knowing no citizen was protected by the likes of Mr. Smith and Wesson. We lost what? Well under 100 lives this last year to gun violence of the type the legislation claims to be defeating? Australia lost 93,000 lives to gun violence after confiscation, and their population is a mere fraction of our own. Yeah. Gun control works. It works for fascists and criminals (same thing, different levels of prowess and evil goals).

Do not obey illegal laws. Challenge authority. Stand on your rights.

Related articles by me

• On Being Prepared for Martial Law or Revolution
• Portending Martial Law: Three Facts That Put You at Risk 
• Raw Numbers Prove DHS Gearing Up For Martial Law, Revolution, or Chinese Invasion 
• Compare 1776 to 2012 and Tell Me Where You THINK You Live…
• Statistics Prove Gun Control is No Solution; Gun Violence is a Political Ruse
• Mind-Controlled Mass Shootings Don’t Change My Mind

Related articles by others

• Petition to charge Sen. Feinstein with treason soars past White House threshold (rawstory.com)
• Gun control: The right to commit treason (richarddawkins.net)
• Gilberton Police Chief: Disarming Americans is Treason (sgtreport.com)
• No, ma’am (ireport.cnn.com) INCLUDES CNN’s inappropriate anti-gun commentary effort to defeat the impact of this Marine’s letter.

 

Collateral Damage: A Web Experiment in Which You Judge and Impact Social Policy

Should a line be drawn? When the claimed benefit is thought to outweigh concern for deaths of innocents, what is the difference between a nuclear strike against a city and using a drone or a car bomb to kill everyone in a car where only one person was the target?

By H. Michael Sweeney, copyright © 2013, all rights reserved, proparanoid.wordpress.com

Permission to duplicate online hereby granted provided it is reproduced in full with all links and text colors in tact and unaltered, including this notice. 

When is collateral damage acceptable?

Is collateral damage ever acceptable?

Revealing article on Drone Attacks (more than we hear about) from Der Spiegel (CLICK).

With Obama ordering 30,000 Drones into American skies, and the military regularly conducting raids against American cities, and Police shooting at anyone on two feet to get one Cop Killer in California… we should perhaps come to a clear and concise understanding of what constitutes acceptable collateral damage, if anything at all. Perhaps “Thou shalt not kill,” is all we need to know. But…

If you could save 100 lives by killing one innocent person, would you elect their execution? If the only way you could prevent a Sept. 11 style attack threatening thousands was by shooting down a hijacked jetliner, would you so elect? Would you order someone sniped because of a significant chance they were about to kill the President, with no way to prevent it otherwise, but also no way to know for certain if they were the right person because all you had was circumstantial evidence? Where do you, personally, draw the line?

We hear those two words more and more in our news, even when there is no actual war going on. Drone diplomacy and policing has turned the taking of life into a video game, where decisions about who lives and dies is frequently being decided by a stranger in a darkened room half-way around the World. Murder is still murder, is it not? Or is it? What madness is this, that anyone ever has the authority for reasons of political expediency to decide life-or-death fate of innocent persons? Or is it silliness to even dare ask?

If a murderer deliberately sets out to kill you, or any person sets into motion events which accidentally kill you, that’s God’s domain to decide. His Will be done. But if your government or another wants to kill you simply to insure that someone else dies, or to insure some important political outcome for which you are not involved with or perhaps even aware of, who decides if the reason is good enough? I doubt they ask God before they sign off on the act. But what if YOU were the one to decide?

The answer is not simple, of course. For instance, for each unintended casualty, the blowback can be quite damaging and unexpected. Each becomes a martyred victim of US Imperialism (or something similar, depending on the target, of course) and literally strengthens the enemy. Governments and media in all nations involved, including our own, tend to roast (the President, or whomever) over a slow fire; it weakens relations with allies and foes alike internationally, and erodes political integrity at home. Collateral Damage can end up being to a tactical mission and the politics and politicians behind the mission the same as a total crash and burn, the burn often worse than the evil being attacked in the first place.

Is it OK to kill an innocent person if it will save the lives of many other people?

Where would you draw the line?

The answer may indeed be yours to decide — by means of the simple poll herein, which you are invited to use, which may very well give us a public concensus which can be used to help shape public policy by agencies, and the military, and those who empower them and wield them as political tools. Results of the poll may spark more officious study or even be cited directly in activist and legislative quarters. But only if you participate will it have such value. Answers are anonymous, and not traceable to individuals.

Lets look at a few examples in history which will give you practice for the Poll.

Deliberately sinking a passenger liner: During WWI the passenger steamship RMS Lusitania was headed for England from New York with nearly 2,000 souls on board.  Two people decided its fate, but ultimately, one was responsible, correctly predicting the other’s response to their provocation.

A torpedo was fired by a U-Boat, sinking the luxury liner, a horrific event which turned the tide of public and Congressional opinion in the United States and brought America into the war; nearly 10% of the 1,198 persons who died were Americans, many of them prominent. Who was really to blame?

It was not the U-Boat Captain, because the German High Command had already given the order that the Lusitania, if sighted, was to be considered a combatant because intelligence had revealed it was carrying munitions for England acquired from America, a violation of international law. This decision weighed 2,000 against the loss of life such munitions would inflict upon the German Army to the detriment of their war effort. But their decision it is not the one you are asked to judge.

Some other, unknown person, an American, also made a decision. Not just to illegally put munitions on a passenger ship without informing the steamship company, who would have objected and refused. No, that was by far a more innocent decision. The real decision that we are asking you to judge is this: that person also decided to deliberately allow the Germans to learn of the munition shipment specifically in hopes that they would dare sink the Liner, because that person, and their counsel, wanted the United States to go to war for political expedience.

Would you deem the Lusitania’s passengers as acceptible collateral damage for such a ‘noble political aim’ as rescuing Europe from domination by Germany, the argument they relied upon in their decision? Would it help to know that among those counseling for the move were shareholders and Board Members in the Powder Industry, makers of weapons and munitions?

This later aspect, the Powder Industry, highlights the importance of questioning such decisions. Often the decision makers have ulterior motives which are not part of the official consideration, or justification. The Military-Industrial-Intelligence-Media Complex, and the New World Order crowd (often one and the same people), are more often than not the decision makers. So choose wisely, your answers.

Dropping the Atomic Bomb: In WWII we decided to use the Atom bomb to try to force Japan to surrender. While the US Government was unwilling to cite the true facts and figures used in their decision, the argument to bomb was simple: using the bomb could speed the end of the war and save more lives on both sides than would be lost by dropping the bomb. Just like the Germans and the Lusitania.

President Truman rightly saw no difference in terms of moral choice between Atomics and fire bombing, already authorized in the bombing of Dresden, a like horrific act of war against civilian populations. Of course, we were also regularly firebombing Japan, a nation where homes were literally made of paper, burning to death up to 100,000 civilians in a single city. Indeed, we might should be arguing the bombing of any city by any kind of bomb should undergo the same scrutiny. But we need to focus on a singular incident.

In excusing the use of Atomic weapons, the military claimed they had at the time estimated it would save 500,000 to 1,000,000 lives of US military, and 1.7 to 4 million Japanese by avoiding invasion. We now know that the actual estimates were far less than the propoganda those larger numbers represent, numbers which continue to be used even today.

In like manner, the number of deaths predicted for the Japanese were minimized beyond reality. It was argued that by dropping warning leaflets ahead of the attack, citizens could be evacuated and limit their losses to mere tens of thousands, refusing the advice that such leaflets would be ignored as a scare tactic, which was indeed the case. Very few people fled the cities as result; most who could flee had already done so when non atomic bombing started taking its toll.

In all, more than a quarter million Japanese perished because of the two bombs dropped (it originally being argued a single bomb would do the job). The actual number of American lives estimated to have been saved from invasion was 60-190,000, and perhaps twice that number of Japanese. So let us presume the estimated loss by bombing was only 50,000 Japanese, and that it would save up to 200,000 combatants on each side by conventional invasion (50K vs. 400K). What would your decision be?

When the actual loss of life was later known, how would you feel? I think I would feel like confessing and suicide. Indeed, our first Secretary of Defense, James Forestall, who was one of the decision makers, may have taken that path, or he may have been assassinated for threatening to do so. He, or someone, put a cord around his neck before his body left the second story room via a window… in a government detention facility with barred windows, where he was being kept against his will after walking off the job without explanation.

Lets reduce the scale a bit — are Janitors acceptable collateral damage? Based on a real-World decision to bomb Lybia in retaliation for terrorist attacks backed by the Lybian government… dialog in the screenplay The American President (title role played by Michael Douglas) detailed what is thought to have been part of the actual decision making process by Presidents Reagan and, later, GW Bush… though in fact, the terrorism itself was seen by many as reprisal for attempts to kill Muammar Gaddafi already undertaken by America. I doubt the dialog took place in real life, but let’s use it, anyway…

The President (Shepard) is having a late-night emergency dialog with military and staff about the decision to order a B-1 Bomber attack in a ‘retaliation’ scenario. He is under intense political pressure by the other Party in a hotly contested bid for reelection against a man named Rumson (a ‘Defense Hawk’ rather a lot like Donald Rumsfeld), Shepard’s lack of military experience and seeming timidity in the face of affronts by other nations and terrorism being used against him. Keep in mind, that a large building would not have a single janitor, but a team of many, as well as the likelihood of citizens at large being on the streets nearby:

A.J.

Robin, as soon as our planes have cleared Libyan airspace, you can call the press…

LEWIS

General Rork says around O-Eight Hundred.

ROBIN

Sir, what do you think about a national address?

SHEPHERD

The last thing I want to do is put the Lybians center stage.

KODAK

I think it’s a great idea, sir. You know Rumson’s gonna be talking about your lack of military service.

SHEPHERD

This isn’t about Rumson. What I did tonight was not about political gain.

KODAK

But it can be, sir. What you did tonight was very presidential.

SHEPHERD

Leon, somewhere in Libya right now there’s a janitor working the night shift at the Libyan Intelligence Headquarters. He’s going about his job ’cause he has no idea that in about an hour he’s gonna die in a massive explosion. He’s just going about his job ’cause he has no idea that an hour ago I gave an order to have him killed. You just saw me do the least presidential thing I do.

So what would your verdict be? Would the international strategic political value of such an attack justify the collateral damage of a few janitors? On the assumption you genuinely feared the opposition would take America into an unwise war for the benefit of the military-industrial complex if they won the election, would the political gains at the voting booth change your answer?

Final example: Drone attack. It happens more than we hear about in media. I highly urge you to watch the Matt Damon/George Clooney film, Syriana (sorry for the multiple film references, but such things are part of media’s overall impact on our belief structures, and often the best ways of illustrating visually a gritty reality otherwise limited to mere words). Syriana is an insightful look at the intrigues of Middle East politics and oil-industry machinations rarely gained from the headlines. It also shows you exactly how a Drone attack is carried out in terms of command and control. But you need not see the film, or read the non fiction book it was based upon, See No Evil, by Robert Baer.

The question is, a CIA informant has provided fast-breaking intelligence that a known terrorist has, by unusual circumstances, been spotted hitchhiking and picked up by a car now driving along a deserted roadway in the desert. Presume there is a terror plot in works that will take perhaps hundreds of lives if you do not find a way to stop him. But it is also known that the other occupants, the driver, a woman and a child, do not know who their passenger is. Do you order a Drone to strike, or do you pass for a better opportunity, which are few and far between?

These are hard questions our leaders face all-too often. They do what they think is right for you, perhaps at times for political gain or for corporate profits, but always doing so in your name regardless of reason. So let’s take the poll, and see what you think should or should not be done in your name.

Poll on collateral damage

The Polls

Poll assumptions: Assume you are Commander in Chief or some other person for whom the decision is yours and yours alone. You’ve already asked advice, but it was 50-50 in weight results, and of no help, or there is no one to ask. The answers are incremental in nature, and as it is multiple choice, you only get one answer — each prior answer is considered inclusive in subsequent answers.

You should take the poll before finishing this article, because the remainder of the article might change your answers in the first section. Part of the experiment is to gauge just that: did additional considerations change your answer, as covered later.

But remember: how you answer about the value of the lives of others may impact how government thinks about the value of your life, or a loved one. A casual answer could be costly, considering the 30,000 Drones, military raids on American Cities, and trigger happy Cops in many American cities.

A poll on acceptable collateraldamage

Now that you’ve taken the first section. Lets ask the question in two more case studies. Bear in mind this time, however, how you’ve already answered on the Poll. That means you will need to weigh your answer to the following questions based on decisions you’ve already made. Its about body count, and justification. The context will be different, but it should not change your answers if your logic remains true to form.

The first regarding the Death Penalty for capital crime. We know for a fact that some percentage of persons sent to Death Row turn out to be innocent, in the end. Shockingly, there are at least 39 instances where there was overwhelming evidence of innocence but the stay of execution was refused out of fear it would cause turmoil or harm to the general function of the courts and penal system. For example, a single incident might force the verdict in hundreds of cases to be thrown out and require new trials. Is that acceptable collateral damage, or should the death penalty simply be abolished and the system be forced to clean up its own mistakes?

Take that same reasoning, now, and apply it to NDAA, the National Defense Authorization Act, which gives the President and Military the power and authority to assassinate any American merely suspected of being involved in terrorism (or simply kidnap and vanish and/or torture them). No due process. No trial. Is there any difference in the likelihood of collateral damage being present in such an act as there is in the Death Penalty scenario? That, too, is being done in your name.

Is it acceptable collateral damage to execute a death row prisoner who is really innocent?

 

The second is more complex. It will require you to suspend your current belief structure and to take on the mindset of someone quite different than you (hopefully). If you were of a political mindset that truly believed that the only good future course for the World was a one-World government… and understood that the only way such a government could exist was if, among other things, the United States, Mexico, and Canada formed the North American Union… and that the only way to establish that was to stage a military coup and suspend the Constitution that it could be replaced with a new Constitution which enables the NAU. Consider further that you believe (correctly), that the 2^nd Amendment makes the outcome of such a coup highly unpredictable.

Note: the Constitution of the NewStates of America has already been written, as reproduced with analysis as such a document in my bookset, Fatal Rebirth. Please see special offer on free copy of Volume I by email.

If you believed the above to be true, and you believed that if there a one-World government was not established, dire consequences such as World-wide famine and wars over shortages of oil and food would result costing billions of lives (the kinds of arguments sometimes used to recruit for Globalists agenda)… and given HOW YOU RESPONDED TO THE POLL, could you justify in your mind a given number of innocent lives to help insure repeal of the 2^nd Amendment?

Would you be willing, for instance, to authorize staging mass shootings to heat up the gun control debate, knowing that eventually, it would force a confrontation with gun owners and result in Martial Law, etc.? Would it be better to kill a few hundred people to save billions, or not? Would it matter if whole bunches of them were school kids, or wouldn’t it make it better for the purpose? Regardless of your own personal answer, look at the Poll results to see how others voted.

If just ONE person voted in the first section in a manner which implies they might also decide in favor of collateral damage in this matter, then does that change how you view of conspiracy theories regarding Comumbine, Aurora, Sandy Hook, and the many other mass shootings where such charges have been levied by critics? Does it change your previous opinion as to the likelihood or possibility that such a conspiracy might exist?

Is a false flag event ever excused as acceptable collateral damage?

How can collateral damage be anything but murder?

Summary commentary

Just asking? Just saying? No. It’s more important than curiosity, or what I believe is true. As a nation, we make public policy and law, in part, by virtue of battles between varied agenda and beliefs present in our collective body of decision makers, and prior policy and law.

Leaders make collateral damage decisions based on the limitations of law and public policy, and their willingness to violate either. But also, any willingness to violate the law or policy is, in part, determined by public outcry and expression of citizen beliefs. God save us were the no such thing as an activist, conspiracy theorist, honest and diligent reporters, or letters to the Editor and to Congressmen.

Unfortunately, where a conspiracy exists by those with an agenda, it is easy to manipulate emotions to impact that public expression. The purpose in asking these questions, was to help you reevaluate the mechanisms and basis for your viewpoints, and to stir you to express any changes in opinion or beliefs which result, or to at least be more open to considering the arguments of others that such change is warranted.

If you do not understand the reality of decisions made in your name, your opinion about them is incorrect, and the decisions are not being made correctly to your true wishes. You are de facto victim even if you are completely unaware, and by your ignorance, others suffer more seriously, including paying the ultimate price.

Those who have full understanding also know that conspiracy theories only exist when reported facts do not make sense. Conspiracies are hard to prove without proper investigation, which is all ‘conspiracy theorists’ seek to sponsor when they propose their alternative explanations or explore the evidence publicly. If enough people say “Yeah… what about that, Mr. Congressman? I want an honest investigation with no white wash,” truth stands a chance. Conspiracies cannot otherwise prove themselves except by two means, one rare, and the other all-too common, but completely ignored.

They rarely are proven by confession or smoking gun evidence, because theorists do not have the authority or means to acquire them, as a rule. But whenever there is any evidence of a cover up, or disinformation tactics used against the theories, that alone proves there is a conspiracy afoot. So when media and government responds to theories by name calling or lies instead of explaining away the charges with useful facts… you know there is fire beneath the smoke.

Please question government, always, lest you be fooled again. All governments lie, and all-too often, for reasons just as questionable as collateral damage, which is almost always part and parcel of any conspiracy. They do so in your name, and only you can prevent that deception, that collateral damage. Your mind is yours to control, not theirs to manipulate with lies, just as your life is yours to live, and not theirs to dispose of as collateral damage for political gain.

Neither is there any difference between your life or that of a loved one, and the life of some nameless person in another nation on the other side of the planet. If they deem any individual acceptable collateral damage, then every individual can be so deemed just as easily, regardless of nationality or political beliefs. If you have rights, all have rights, or non have rights. There is no insurance for you, alone, but that which you make true for all by voicing your mind.

There is no difference, so use your mind, think for yourself, and voice your opinions loudly, lest you loose your life, or someone else does in your stead… and in your name.

Related articles

• Kirsten Powers Tears Into Conservative On Fox After He Dismisses Concerns Over Innocents Killed By Drones (mediaite.com)
• France hides “collateral damage” caused by its airstrikes in Mali (willyloman.wordpress.com)
• COLLATERAL DAMAGE: US Has Killed 100s Of Afghan Children Since 2008 (secretsofthefed.com)
• Thinking Our Anger (c4ss.org)

 

Confirmed: Interview on Mass Shootings: Absolute Patterns Prove NWO Conspiracy

Join me on an interview on Urban Warzone in a new timeslot: Thursday, the 31st of January at 1:PM EST to be startled with answers to troubling questions about the images herein.

Note: Cyrus has confirmed the new time slot IS indeed 1PM EST. He has simply not been able to yet update his 

 

Update Jan 29: Reconfirmed and posted actual time/date. Announcing that a special image will be added to this page while on air, and removed afterwards. That image will be used to explain how the remaining graphics herein were arrived at, as well as highlight the differences between relationships between parties in the ‘official’ media/government version of a mass shooting (Aurora) and the result of private investigations in multiple states by myself and assisting field investigators. You can’t imagine how revealing it is until you see it for yourself. But its complexity goes beyond the ability to well explain in the blog and thus it will be subsequently removed. Your ONLY chance to see it is to join us LIVE, though you will be able to listen to the verbal dialog later once Cyrus posts it – sans image.

That’s the day after this post: we will explain how the following graphics came to be and how they prove that mass shootings are part of a long-term plan to establish the NWO. Tune in and participate live, and have this blog post open.

Reading this post you will learn…

• That virtually all mass shootings are not random events, but part of an elaborate plan with multiple patterns only possible by intelligent design;

• That these patterns manifest in many ways, including the ability to generate complex graphical images of mystical and satanic symbols on maps;

• That individual key shootings (i.e., Aurora, Sandy Hook), have additional patterns of their own, all playing to a larger North American pattern of like construct;

• That patterns can be so accurate as to predict likely future shooting events.

 

This matter is too complex for a mere blog. Therefore, I will be going on air to explain more usefully, referring to the images in this blog for purposes of illustration of key points. Please review the images below and read the questions posed for each, questions which I will attempt to answer on air. Then join in the discovery, live, at Urban Warzone.

I will also be preparing a PowerPoint which I want to make into a video. Listen to the show to learn how you can not only get a free copy when it is finished, but also, a free copy of my book, Fatal Rebirth, which predicted this eventuality in the first place more than ten years ago. It also happened to predict Sept. 11 attacks, and much more.

As you review, keep in mind that random events do NOT form geometric patterns. Official Pattern Dispersal Studies by the militaries of many governments around the World investigating UFO sightings have proven that. Not one single instance reported of finding even three points in a perfectly straight line, much less forming right angles or shapes. Yet in analysis of mass shootings hundreds of miles apart, it is possible to find many in a line (and many lines form very complex 3-D shapes), and in some cases (where information details allow), accuracy to within 25 feet, and with doorway-t0-doorway accuracy.

The first question is (but among the last, perhaps, to be answered), why is it that all such plots ONLY work with such accuracy when doorways or driveway entrances are used in the plots? That alone implies intelligent design, does it not? Read on…

IMAGE ONE: The NWO movement is sponsored from Europe via Masonic Mysticism and Satanism

How is it possible that these ‘quadrant’ lines were discovered by patterns associated with just five shooting events, and yet, confirmed by many dozens more such events? How do they relate to the Illuminati NWO movement, and what additional discoveries can they reveal?

Image Two: The Compass Rose (also CIA’s Logo) is an important Masonic emblem. There are seven, here

How is it possible that investigation of facts surrounding the Aurora Shooting led to an ability to locate and plot this graphic? How does it relate to Masonic Mysticism and why is it not pointing North? How is it that six more real-world roses in the Denver Area have intricate relationships to the shooting, as well (blue, purple, red, yellow lines)?

Image Three: Some more traditional Masonic symbols created from data points associated with the Aurora shooting

How are these (and other) Masonic symbols revealed by information drawn from the Aurora shooting? How can random events possibly generate such patterns unless by intelligent design? What process was used to discover them? Who is behind it?

Image Four: Perhaps the most meaningful of Masonic Emblems, these point toward a future terror event well beyond 911 scale

How does it happen that two large real-world structures would be discovered to relate to these famous Masonic emblems and point to a future terror attack? How are they interlocked, and how might their intentional existence and relationships verified in other ways? How does it relate to and predict terrorism? How is the terror event tied to mass shootings?

Image Five: Baphomet (one name of the symbol, and one name for Satan); an upside-down 5-pointed star

What is the significance of being able to plot this symbol from shooting data points? Why is it not perfectly upside down (normally to be aligned to North in ceremonies)? What are the significances of its structural elements in black magic?

Image Six: Sandy Hook is no different than Aurora with respect to finding symbols, and yet, it is quite different

WHow is it possible to get symbolism out of Sandy Hook when there were far fewer data points (actually, answer is found in the next set of images, and by the text labels in this image)? Why is the Pentagram tipped the other way?

Scan of actual Gotham City Map used as PR piece for the movie; Sandy Hook at bottom

Image Eight: The Dark Knight Rises Gotham City Map compared to real map of Sandy Hook has many shape alignments

Image Nine: Even more details have relationships to things found in the real world at Sandy Hook

Image Ten: And even more details upon close inspection

Why are there so many curious matches between the movie showing a fictitious Sandy Hook when James Holmes opened fire and the real-world Sandy Hook? Why bother to have such elaborate symbolism in a conspiracy in the first place — why not just worry about event planning, alone?

Note: the name matches in blue and red texts do NOT represent any reason to presume any conspiratorial relationship between persons or businesses, but merely represent someone using them as landmarks for their ‘secret’ machinations. Also, the three features at the school are not ‘front’ and ‘rear,’ but at the sides. The Shed happens to belong to the Masonic Lodge. The small dot at the school is not actually ‘in the real world’ as such: it is a cement pad in the shadow of a tree which, in Google Earth, provided the visual of a round black shape presumed to exist (we must assume) by the planners. Or, it relates to something intended in the shooting plan for which we yet have any details, or which failed to take place as planned (e.g., where Lanza was supposed to die).

 

Image Eleven: Masonic Emblem ‘mowed’ into the field abutting Gene Rosen’s Property

Why does Gene Rosen have a Masonic Emblem hidden amongst ‘random’ mowing patterns in what is effectively his back yard (though ownership has not been established)? Why does his story change so many times? Why would a bunch of kids and (one version) a bus driver go PAST the Fire House to get to his house when CLEARLY, there would have been BETTER SAFE HAVEN and some hope of getting help found at the Fire House?

Plotting all national mass shootings allowed finding this emblem covering North America.

How did plotting the location of all ‘random’ mass shootings enable discovery and plotting of this Baphomet? Why is it slightly imperfect?

Note: The distances involved do impact accuracy because of idiosyncrasies in Google Earth plotting tools. The smaller the distances, the more accurate you can be (to a point); Sandy Hook was accurate to within 20 feet or so, Aurora (much larger scale) to within 50 feet or so. Despite the vastly larger scale, here, accuracy is less than Google Earth would allow, with several tens of miles in error where perhaps hundreds of feet should be the maximum error. There is a very interesting probable reason. 

 

SPQR, PAX Amerikana: the Failing Roman Empire of the NWO

And why they must keep you afraid of (something) and distract you from the simple truth.

by H. Michael Sweeney

permission to reproduce granted if in full and with all links and credits in tact, and linking back to proparanoid.wordpress.com

SPQR. Design: Philippe Remacle. (Photo: Wikipedia)

At a root level, the United States governmental model is not that much different than that of the Roman Empire — especially today. Yes, I will be found to be generalizing in ways which take some liberties to make the point, but would hope the reader is intelligent enough to understand the reasoning for cause. Compare and consider:

• Both were/are based upon a Senate form of government (in Rome, they said ‘SPQR,’ which stands for Senätus Populusque Römänus — the Senate and People of Rome) headed by a supreme, all-powerful dictator with the ability to make his own laws regardless of basis in legality. We call them Executive Orders, they called them edicts from the Emperor who, in the declining years of the Empire, thought himself God. Hmm… you don’t suppose Obama…    ?

• Both were/are expansionist in nature based on superior military prowess applied in an endless series of wars to ‘insure peace.’ In Rome, they said ‘Pax Romana,’ which translates as ‘Roman Peace.’ For the Romans, conquest was early on territorial in nature and garnered slaves to build and maintain the Empire and establish a comfortable standard of living for citizens. For the U.S., early conquest was territorial in nature and garnered resources to do the same — over 140 military campaigns between 1776 and 1900, and more to come. Sure. Some were and would be righteous and just, but many were and would be contrived and questionable.

• In Rome, they declared neighboring peoples as ‘warlike’ and ‘barbarians’ to justify conflicts to subdue them. In America we declared the Indians and others in the same way, and even took land Canada had claimed by threat of war (54-40 or Fight!).

But it is the declining years where the similarities are more useful to the purpose of this missive, because America is clearly in decline, too. Let’s therefore go more slowly…

• Rome’s military was a fearsome beast which cost a lot to maintain, and which could easily overthrow the government if given a reason. For that cause, it was important to insure they were kept busy and constantly rewarded.  In America, the same is true. In point of fact, there was an early New World Order sponsored (the same powerful Fascist business elite as drive the NWO movement, today) attempt at a military Coup in 1934 which was thwarted largely by one man, Major General Smedley Buttler, USMC. More recently, four-star General Tommy Franks has stated that the next major terror event would result in a military form of government.

• Rome sponsored wars (‘Let loose the dogs of war!’) and allowed soldiers the reward of ‘Cry havoc!,’ a policy which let soldiers rape and pillage the conquered and keep a share in the spoils of war. In the U.S., the Military-Industrial-Intelligence-Media complex is rewarded by huge profits in the manufacture and sale of armaments and arms technology. The high ranking soldiers, themselves, reap their fortunes by taking seats on the Boards of Directors once they retire ‘with honors.’ Unlike the Roman military where one served until no longer able, most soldiers of today are short-term liabilities replaced every four years or so. Therefore, they reap no reward but that of medals for their valor, and perhaps a skill useful in seeking employment.

• In both cases, the taxes upon the people had/has become a great burden and the standard of living began to slip (brother, ain’t that the truth), and because money was harder to come by, less was spent in maintaining other important governmental responsibilities, the quality and operation of societal infrastructure began to decay, including the physical aspects made of stone, wood, and metal. That’s one reason why aspects of America’s transportation (bridges, mostly), water and sewer, and rail systems are in many cases on the verge of total collapse.

• In both cases, the people began to express dissatisfactions with high taxes and poor upkeep of civilization itself, and related woes, including the wars and the price of the military. Distraction was needed to keep the people happy. In Rome, they built coliseums and offered up gory gladiatorial massacres and theatrical entertainments. In America, they employed film and television technology to offer up unlimited access to pornography and artistic entertainments, and Grid Iron and other sports to replace bloodlust contests.

• And, in both cases, these distractions were not considered enough. The government saw that they needed to find a way to make the people see some outside threat as a greater threat than concerns over a failing governmental system. The only way power could be maintained was to instill a great fear, one so great as to justify a tighter Police State grip on the people. In Rome, it was the Huns of Germanic culture, and the Cicilian and Turkish Pirates of the Mediterranean. In truth, it was largely a non threat; the Huns couldn’t cross the the rivers and mountains which protected Rome, but the people weren’t told that.

Truth or Scare TV Show ‘poster’ (click)

In America, it has been a long list of like things… longer than you know (refer to this list of military actions which is from whence the counts are derived, herein):

a) In the 40’s and 50’s it was the Red Scare of McCarthyism and the Bomb which drove Nazi-style inquisitions and empowered Hoover and the FBI to become perhaps ten times as powerful as it had been before, and fostered the creation of CIA, the Department of Defense, the National Security Council, and the birth of mind control projects. We had WWII and Korea, and 24 other military actions. Television took root to keep us distracted with the likes of Lucile Ball, Bob Hope, Howdy Doody, the Mickey Mouse Club, and other mindless offerings (which I dearly miss).

b) In the 60’s and 70’s it was the Domino Theory and the Bomb (especially the Cuban Missile Crises), and ‘campus radicals’ which allowed the Military Industrial Complex to mushroom via Vietnam and 18 other military actions, plus a phony Drug War to allow CIA to profiteer, while at home the FBI and CIA ran COINTEL and COINTELPRO operations and gave us Watergate. We also learned about CIA’s infiltration and control of media via Operation Mockingbird, and how perversely they had sought after and employed mind control research. The Free Sex and drug culture kept many distracted, while the film industry began pumping out pornography to keep the less liberated distracted, and Television sold us consumerism for like cause on a scale no one would have thought possible. “Buy today, be happy (hold up box of soap next to smiling face)!”

c) In the 80’s and 90’s it was the ‘Evil Empire’ and off-shore and distant Dictators we had to fear, countered with an endless series of some 60 spats and more exotic entanglements like Iran Contra, Marcos, and Panama. The NSA made ECHELON a household word and we learned about FISA (actually a 1978 Act) secret courts that rubber stamped warrants to make political spying effectively legal — and trading of illegal political spy files by Police departments, CIA, and the Anti Defamation League/B’nai B’rith/Mossad (note: I was a victim of this!). It also brought us HAARP, the project born by a proposal ‘to control a billion minds’ by a Presidential Science advisor. Pornography escalated to video markets and strip bars are so commonplace that only live sex shows seem the unusual. But they’ve also learned they can distract us with news stories about celebrity sins such as skater knee whacking, football player knife slashing, and Royal weddings and the death of a Princess.

d) And that brings us to current history, where the idea of an endless war which can never be won was fostered; the terrorism ploy. Now this they are milking for all its worth. Police and Federal Agents are indoctrinated to the point of paranoia seeing ordinary acts as signs of terrorist behavior: you cannot take a photograph, pay for something with cash, write a school report or possess a bumper sticker which mentions Ron Paul, or cite the Constitution without being suspect of terrorism. You cannot go to the Airport (and soon, to a sporting event, theater, or public building) without being sexually molested by TSA. No remnant of the Constitution remains in tact, save perhaps the 2^nd Amendment, which hangs on just enough to prevent total take over — the whole REASON it exists in the first place. And now pornography comes in over cable television, and live sex shows are becoming commonplace, and for the less prurient, reality television and the spread of lotteries and gaming casinos.

None of this makes real sense. Why should you fear a terrorist when excessive Police violence injures and kills more citizens in any given year than do terrorists in their best year (9-11 attack)? It is a bill of goods used to control you and keep you docile in order that the Military-Industrial-Intelligence-Media Complex can continue on its New World Order agenda, reaping in huge profits as they usurp more and more political control over you. They want us to fear terrorists. I say, let’s show them a form of terrorism they SHOULD fear; a free people who control their own government, as the Founding Fathers intended.

Unless you believe in and support PAX Amerikana, SPQR-style (are a Fascist), just say NO! Boycott the system at every level (be a financial terrorist): avoid banks, don’t use credit, buy used instead of new, repair instead of replace, refuse and resist GMO foods and grow your own, rely upon barter and cottage industry. Actually, there is an endless list of concerns similar to GMO. It would behoove you to learn about and resist conspiratorial NWO agenda projects like Codex Alimentarius, Agenda 21, Carbon Tax/Carbon Credits/Carbon Currency, United Nations Biospheres (and an endless array of other UN mandates), and the Canamex Highway and the North American Union via the Security and Prosperity Partnership.

Disobey government (be a political terrorist): insist on your Constitutional rights (for many of you, you must first LEARN what your rights actually are, especially with respect to dealings with Police and investigative agencies, and the court system) and go out of your way (be an activist) to do so; video Police (even if… especially if they pass a law against); employ civil disobedience and support Occupy and similar movements; write everybody in power and speak your mind; vote for no one who is not a Constitutionalist, a Libertarian, or an Independent (kill the Democratic and Republican Party Dog and Pony Show); write every media outlet to express your views and flood them with complaints over bias reporting, and write their advertisers threatening or actually seeking to boycott.

Please deem to review the 24 Planks post which attempts to highlight the changes needed in America to restore it to the strong and free country it once was. If you agree (or disagree) with any one of them, SO COMMENT on the page, tweet, share, reblog, and rate. THAT POWER is a right you should AT ALL TIMES exercise when you see something you like or dislike anywhere along these lines. How else will those who spy on us and those who (pretend to) serve us have good meter of our pulse and realize they had better back off a notch or two? If you do not express yourself, you have not learned the one simply truth: YOU are the one you’ve been waiting for to change what is wrong. Get busy, because they have an endless supply of Obamas and Romneys to take us further down that SPQR path to destruction.

Compare 1776 to 2012, and see where you really live, and decide if you are willing to accept that, or not.

Related articles

• The Fall of the American Republic? (reflectionandchoice.wordpress.com)
• America and Rome: Legends of the Fall (reflectionandchoice.wordpress.com)
• Rome’s 9/11 (reflectionandchoice.wordpress.com)

25 Questions No One Has Asked About Aurora Shooting

Answering them reveals there was no lone gunman

A careful in-depth review by an author who specializes in crimes of the NWO and Intelligence Community, to include MC, by H. Michael Sweeney, Copyright © 2012 all rights reserved. No reproduction permissions will be granted for the first 90 days. Links only, please.

This in-depth article will reveal dozens of startling new investigative issues for the first time, anywhere. The detail required to make concise arguments on a long list of critical elements forces it to be offered in installments. You may wish to subscribe to be sure you do not miss one along the way. Doing so, you will discover:

• Three motives for making James Holmes a Patsy with Fascism as benefactor, and a possible motive for targeting Century Theaters
• Easy link access to the key-most videos and images for each critical point of evidence presented in a logical, easy to follow order.
• Reasoning there were at least three additional helpers involved in a professional black operation backed up by even more supporting players
• Introduction of an actual political REASON for targeting The Dark Knight Rises (TDKR), a reason which supports one of the proposed motives for choosing James Holmes as Patsy
• 25 key questions missed by almost everyone, the answer to any one of which could easily provide reasonable doubt that it was a lone gunman event, or that James even pulled a trigger
• A walk-through narrative portraying an alternate scenario which fits all  conflicting facts into a workable reality.

 James Holmes was a patsy Part One 

James Holmes was a patsy

Introduction: my credentials and methods

H. Michael Sweeney

The reader, if to have confidence in my commentary, should know my credentials. I write this as an author of seven books (proparanoidpress.com) generally upon topics which relate directly in any analysis of the matters in Aurora. That includes the topic of Political Control Technology (PCT — mind control), which mainstream media and government still refuses to acknowledge as a real and valid topic. This they do despite the blatantly available facts which abound, even to include evidence uncovered by Congressional Investigation. My full bio is available here.

But before we get into the meat of these matters, I want you to please stop and see this one video which is by far the most emotional and heart tugging (in a good way) of witness accounts: Jamie Rohre, telling how he and his family were under fire, and the frantic events and steps taken while worrying about his infants and their Mother from whom he had become separated. They were apparently not married, but the interview reveals that once reunited in the hospital, he immediately proposed, and she accepted. WORTH A WATCH. Good can overcome tragedy when you let it.

James Holmes was a patsy

Motives and Political Hay vs. Justice

I would hope my feeble efforts would raise serious questions for not just citizens, but also in the minds of officials; questions which a moral person should rightly feel in clear need of answering if justice is to be served. Questions which might lead any legal defense team working for James to a useful defense proving him innocent. Unfortunately, I have no reason to believe that is the goal of either the Court or the Police in this matter, and suspect any defense will be guaranteed to be marginal, at best. As common in all prior mass shooting events, assassination plots, and terrorist events, political hay is more important than a statue of a blindfolded lady, or her set of scales.

Motive 1: The most popular motive talked about the Web is the most obvious; the ‘trade your rights for security’ myth, a key step in order to allow a tighter Police State grip on the people. The hay in mass shootings and assassination plots is gun control, which is the key-most step on the way toward a Police State, and the only way it could long survive or even come to power in America. The proof of these remarks is perhaps easiest to illustrate by the ‘coincidence’ that in every shooting or terror event, Congress just happens to have in hand legislation ready for quick approval (but not reading or due debate) which provides a good deal of such hay for their New World Order horses.

In Aurora, it would be found in three forms, the first of which was, rather than a new law, a need to discuss the United Nations Treaty on Small Arms. Constitutionalists and gun owners fear the Treaty would force the 2^nd Amendment to be repealed and guns to be confiscated, the approval of which was scheduled to be determined in a matter of mere days after the shooting. Fortunately, the effort failed and the treaty was not signed, but that does not end the matter; the U.N. has simply rescheduled for reconsideration to give them time to attempt to make the treaty more appealing (the US was not the only country to refuse it), and a new a sales pitch (more mass shootings, perhaps, such as the Temple shooting in Wisconsin?). I have already screamed my warning thoughts on the gun-grab topic in a series of posts cited at the end of this post. For the best overview of the treaty with both sides of view, visit the Judge Ben C. Green Law Library.

Motive 2: Less commonly discussed, but also logical; the Web is flush with stories stating James’ Father is a whistle blower set to testify in a Federal matter which would, if found damaging, be a potential motive for using as Patsy, his son. His father developed software used to monitor banking transactions for fraud, and it is said that his program detected and can prove where the trillion dollar losses really went — as criminal profits. Imagine trading a finding of mental incapacitation instead of a death sentence in exchange for favorable testimony. As result, his Father is said to have been scheduled to appear as a witness in a Federal Court as a whistleblower. At this point I would be remiss if not admitting the factual value as a motive is based on early speculation, as there has been no useful verification of any such court appearance. It would take considerable study of his Father’s situation to find facts before I accept it as factual, but it is sufficient a red flag as to deserve such study. Read about that, here.

Even more interesting, as a related mater, is that TDKR plot line is rather a strong parallel to the financial crimes under consideration. It may be EXACTLY THE REASON why James, and why TDKR. There is an excellent review of the film with that view in mind, here, with some useful background info on the software in question. Later, we will see there is also a potential reason why Century Theaters.

Motive 3: Also a matter to be determined more concretely, the third potential motive remains quite consistent with my findings in case after case when working with targeted individuals. I’m talking about victims of PCT, which is what I fear James Holmes is based on the wealth of clues in the greater picture. Such persons are always targeted for a reason. Almost always, that reason is FEAR of what the individual knows about some covert and illegal or immoral government Agency’s doings.

James Holmes, like so many of my clients, worked in projects associated with such an Agency; in his case, DARPA, the Defense Advance Research Project Agency. The work, in fact, specifically dealt with matters relating to Political Control Technology, though that is certainly not how they choose to describe it publicly. Learn more about his work, here.

What I find particularly interesting is that, in Jame’s case, the location where this work was undertaken was only two main intersections away from the shooting, essentially on the same Street. Just as interesting, is that he lived just ten minutes by foot away from work, only a couple of blocks from the theater, also just off of that same street, again. We will find some significance in that, later.

Being a PCT victim or even a threat to the entire PCT program would not in and of itself be a motive to set up an elaborate ploy to have them put away for life. There would be simpler solutions. However, if considered such a threat, it would make them a more logical candidate for Patsy among other candidates for a project which was slated regardless of if it was to be James, or not. Better to kill two birds with one stone than two stones.

With these motives and curiosities in mind, let’s tear into the conflicts inherent within the official story:

 James Holmes was a patsy

What we told and can see raises serious questions

“Conspiracy theories” happen when there are obvious questions ignored by officials in government and media (Elephants in the room), where presented facts do not jive one with another. This is always the first hallmark of a cover up in a major story. I should make clear to the reader: there is NEVER a cover up UNLESS there is a CONSPIRACY. A cover up REQUIRES it, in fact, or it becomes impossible to arrange — especially when the “the only person of interest” is behind bars and cannot so arrange. Now, because media has not asked ANY of the questions herein, we must assume such a cover up has begun. Failure to question is a tell-tale hallmark which soon enough results in charges of ‘conspiracy theorists’ when challenged.

So let’s take a look at some of the questions I find most troubling, and address them. I’m not talking about external matters such as reports that FBI pulled a terror warning regarding theater attacks being a possibility. I’m talking about shooting details, doing so because I’m anxious to be called conspiracy theorist one more time, because I love pointing out that’s just a labeling game to avoid discussing issues. So, after I ask all the questions, I’ll present the ONLY plausible scenario which answers all the questions without contradictions, a replay of the crime as a false flag event involving multiple participants.

QUESTION 1: Why did a Judge, within mere hours of the shooting, order all records sealed in this matter as ‘contrary to public interests?’ What facts had been uncovered that early in the investigation which prompted such a concern? It would not be until well into the next day that facts even started to usefully unfold for such an important consideration. I’d like to know who moved for such a ruling, and the reasoning behind their request (stated reasons do not always equate to actual motive). Could it have been a call from Washington D.C., which sparked it?

QUESTION 2: Why was there a training exercise based on the same exact scenario underway at the same time, less than ten minutes away? The Denver Post reports such an exercise indeed took place at the Parker Medical Institute. A common theme in ‘terrorist’ events thought to be a false flag operation, is the holding of a training exercise for exactly the same type event at the same general place and time. This was certainly the case for Sept. 11 and the Subway/Bus bombing in London, for instance, and I seem to recall it being so with the Saran gas attacks in Japan.

QUESTION 3: Why did media first talk about the “lone shooter” effecting his crime by “kicking in the EXIT door?” Like all patsy shooting events, the initial stories given to and relayed by media without question create the all-important ‘first and lasting impression’ in the minds of the public. It would be impossible for anyone to kick in a fire door designed to open outward. In like manner, with the confusion clearly in place, no one could know with confidence at the outset that there was only one shooter, even if true.

No witness could rightly so claim. No Cop would be so foolish as to make such a statement. I would hope no reporter would invent it. But several early news accounts, including one aired on FOX Radio (play the second audio file on the linked page) a single witness identified (in print) only as ‘Pam,’ said exactly that.  Why, unless a ‘planted’ statement for Wag-the-Dog* media manipulation? The first known airing was actually from NBC affiliate, Channel 9, on the scene. From their unthinking quote of ‘Pam’, news people everywhere simply repeated the line, just as mindlessly, and as if fact. Isn’t that a great way to get an initial mental image out into the public?

Was Aurora shooting a DOD or CIA operation?

James Holmes * An expression whereby news is manipulated by Men in Black to make people think things are much different than they really are,

James Holmes    popularized and hilariously illustrated in the Book and film of the same name starring Dustin Hoffman, Robert De Niro, 

QUESTION 4: Why did ABC News deliberately take James’ Mother’s quote out of context to indicate ‘they had the right person’ in arresting James? She has officially protested through legal counsel that that statement was in confirmation to HER identity upon first contact by phone. Again, media twists words and thereby assures ‘first and lasting impressions,’ a known Wag-the-Dog tactic.

QUESTION 5: Who lobbed gas canisters into the Lobby? At 3:29AM, as part of an interview with Police Chief Dan Oates after capture of James Holmes at the rear of the theater complex, a Channel 9 report  reveals a lone gunman entered the lobby and discharged a gas canister and THEN went on the shooting spree. As we will soon see, there are other reasons to believe someone was in the Lobby doing just that. In fact, multiple someones. Did the man in the Lobby have orange hair? No one is telling, no one is asking. Why?

We might reasonably assume the above report an error, an assumption. But in a Web radio interview with witness Tim McGrath who was in theater 8 adjacent to the theater 9 where the shooting took place, we learn that while the shooting took place, there were FLASHES seen with the loud pops described as coming from behind, which would be the lobby/hallway area. It would, after all, be impossible to see any visual signs of activity in the adjacent theater where the shooting took place. So there really was additional activity in the lobby area such as flash bang smoke grenades, as confirmed by the other reports. Moreover, the Police dispatch audio tape appears to reference the front door (Lobby entrance) as being ‘blown out,’ at about 3:50 into the audio.

These events could in no way be undertaken by James Holmes, as he would need to take the time to exit the lobby after throwing canisters and make his way all the way around the building to the back, change clothes, arm himself, and then enter via the EXIT… in time for them to go off in the Lobby and be seen and heard while he is shooting. It makes no sense. How is this possible without at least one accomplice?

QUESTION 6: Who opened the EXIT in theater 9 for James? We now have multiple witnesses who saw someone within the theater open the EXIT door something like 20 minutes before it was used by the shooter. Without stating it in so many words, it is clear Police think it Holmes who opened the door, and then exited the theater through the Lobby to go around to the back where he prepared himself and then used that door.

But there is an oddity, here, because the man opening the door is not described by any witness as having blazing orange hair.  Why not? It was not seen on the shooter, either, because of his head covering. Why wear the hair if not intending to show it? We will come back to this question. But we also have to ask, by what logic or reasoning would James not simply take the EXIT directly to his car and then return? Why return into the theater/lobby area, at all, unless it be a different person with yet another assignment to be fulfilled who did so?

QUESTION 7: How did the shooter gain entrance to REAR EXIT of the building at the time of the shooting? We know how he gained entrance to the theater through the EXIT door but that doorway led only to a short hallway serving theater 10 and 9 together, to yet another secure fire door opening to the lot where James’ car was parked. How did that door get opened for James? No one on the Web has addressed this question before me, and I think I know the answer.

Was Aurora shooting a DOD or CIA operation?

The next installment asks these questions:

 

James Holmes • Who warned people not to use the EXIT doors advising the shooter was outside, and why?

James Holmes • Why did the shooter waste bullets shooting at a blank wall causing bullets to enter theater 10?

James Holmes • Who wore the second gas mask and used the second rifle found at the scene?

James Holmes • Why did the shooter not shoot the most logical victim?

James Holmes • Why did that victim describe the first weapon used was a Rifle, when another says shotgun – who was indeed shot by a shotgun?

James Holmes • And more…

 

PLEASE: Comment (page bottom, or contact me), Rate (at page top), Share/Tweet this article. Visit my Reader Forum to promote your own cause or URL. 

Related articles

• Mind-Controlled Mass Shootings Don’t Change My Mind (proparanoid.wordpress.com)
• Lion Dance (a screenplay): How China Invades the U.S. via the Canamex Highway (proparanoid.wordpress.com)
• Six Dumb Arguments We’re Hearing About the Aurora Shooting [America’s Screaming Conscience] (gawker.com)

Updated: Mind-Controlled Mass Shootings Don’t Change My Mind

The NWO can’t have my gun until I first get rid of the bullets

Update March 7 2013: Did the FBI undertake a covert ops to check out my gun collection (see image below, which I’ve posted both here and at my Facebook pages). Today and a few days ago, five individuals claiming to be insurance company employees entered a) my apartment; b) my daughter’s apartment; c) her husband’s father’s and brother’s apartment… claiming to do an insurance evaluation for the Landlord. They seemed to be focused on wanting to find and check out the water heater…

And so they looked in my bedroom (my office)… and then the closet…  my (other) daughter’s bedroom and then the closet… the kitchen/dining area… the living room… and the master bedroom… and then the closet (where they FOUND the water heater)… and then continued looking for it in the other bathroom, the deck, and the deck closet… and then the attic storage area. It was OK, though, because they asked permission before opening any door, just like a law enforcement Officer would do when they had no warrant.

Having found the water heater behind a wall of stored items in the closet, all they could see of it was that it existed, as evidenced by about 12 square inches of tank wall and a couple of water pipes. I’m sure that was all they needed to answer their important insurance questions, because they didn’t ask anything about it, take pictures of it, or move anything to get a closer look. Yep. Insurance work is getting easier all the time thanks to the marvels of digital photography…

which, while they did not use it on the water heater, it being so important to them, and all, they did use it take pictures of other important things, mostly with deft hand-movements that concealed the camera from view. When I said something about the deck rotting after catching one of them using the camera, he even took a picture of the deck! Very important to water heater evaluations, yes?

Now would be a good time to mention that the woman looked very much like a known FBI agent from the Portland Office. Only the last time I saw her was when I was targeted by FBI for writing about Flight 800 friendly fire shoot down. I got visits from ONI, as well, and even one MI-6 chap who issued a death threat, and indeed over the next couple of months there were attempts on my life (not by him, but by local LEA, one of whom had been driving a car with license plates blocked out of Langley with DVM).

But I might be wrong. Might not be her. Kind of hard to tell because she had PUT ON SO MUCH WEIGHT! Any more and she would have a hard time passing the physical requirements. Kind of weird seeing someone who used to have a waist line now shaped more like a kite, and thinking them FBI. Kind of makes you loose confidence in government’s management capabilities, does it not?

Now is also a good time to mention that one of the men was seen wearing an old T-shirt from a known local CIA front… the one with all the technical toys hanging on his tool belt, and a clipboard. Anyone with the old T-shirt (the new ones are different) is usually an EX employee turned private contractor for hire. That front’s specialty is covert surveillance and eavesdropping. So if they left anything here, they had better real quick find a way to come and collect it before I can find it (I CAN VERY LIKELY find it), and end up filing a law suit, or at the very least go public with documentation of it.

The kicker? The image is NOT even mine, though I wish it was. It is a random image pulled from the Web for whom no original owner is evident (probably their wish). But FBI would rather do the knee-jerk, fear-based, jump-to-conclusion elaborate covert ops thing than bother to do a little research. Obama does not have enough money to pay for (anything we citizens need) but can spend $20,000 to convince the Landlord to go along with a phony insurance inspection ploy instead of $2 for a Google search? LMAO.

End of update – though I’d like you to know there are a series of companion posts which happen to also be my most popular posts (use My Posts menu item and select Top Ten).

Is FBI targeting people who have gun collections?

by H. Michael Sweeney

I may not speak for all gun owners, but i’m betting my sentiments are not at all isolated nor inconsequential. Look up the word consequence, to fully understand my meaning.

I hope the bluntness and inflammatory nature of my remarks are not lost on anyone. I deeply regret any need to write this, and in such tone, in the face of the unimaginable grief and wounds to the heart and soul of those who lost loved ones in Aurora. And though I’m sure they will not appreciate my remarks in the least, I cannot remain silent: I am incensed by the tragedy, doubly so because I see the darkness which surely drove it, and thrice so because it just happened to be within minutes of what is believed by many to be the intended new Capitol of the NewStates of America, also of that same darkness.

The shock value is for the Sheeple who need to listen up for a change and actually notice what’s happening around them outside of the sound bites they are fed daily. The NWO cares not for 71, 7,100, or 71,000,000 of us, if our loss will further their cause. We are but mere pawns who are allowed to pay for our own victimization that they may remain the 1% in power.

It’s also a warning to the governments of the World, including the United Nations and United States, that gun owners are the last people who give a damn about false flag terrorism as impacting our decisions on gun ownership. So if you want our guns, get yours, and come and try to get ours, if you can. A piece of paper, no matter whos’ signature is on it, or what flowery, tear jerking, politically correct words appear above it, will be of zero meaning to most of us, because we know why you want the guns, which brings us to the last reason for my blunt words.

Because it’s also battle cry for the rest of us, because we are so fed up with the BS that you spew forth so endlessly as if yours was the only side of the coin. We suffer from what I call too many Fascists Syndrome. You folks in power can have your Police State, but a piece of paper won’t get our guns, FIRST. You will have to take your chances after the fact, and we will see what happens when you try to go for it. You will have to get the answer to the age old question you’ve been afraid to openly ask, the hard way. And that question is…

Will we resist you, or won’t we?

Your actions dictate the form of debate: the power of words, or of bullets.
Either way, Citizens remain ready to open dialog. (wall photo – click)

You have feared the answer for decades, ever since the military Coupe your elders failed to make good on in 1933. The fear of what the answer might be to that question is all that has slowed you down, isn’t it? YOU, by the way, define the answer to that question, yourself. You define it by your actions. You would have no fear and not even need ask the question in that ‘kinder and gentler government’ you promised a few years ago, but woe unto you for the kind of government you are intent upon building, today. You risk much with every step closer to goal you take.

The Camel has a weight limit, and even we know not the final straw

What do I know that I should dare confront you so firmly? Because for decades I have researched you, and have written seven books about you. In particular, I’ve studied your preoccupation with Political Control Technology, that evil originally called mind control. There is one aspect of that, the Manchurian Candidate being a suitable (though technically incorrect) descriptor; a programmable killer, or agent, one capable of executing any foul instruction and being unable to later recall the deed, much less the instructions. MPD/DID through RSA torture is the proper term, along with hypnosis and chemical catalysts. Psychological magic mixed with Satanic methods of ancient times.

Words that should scare even you: Aritchoke, MK-Ultra, Often, Chikwit, NAOMI, and on and on. Patsies and real killers created by assembly line, rendered sleepers into society for activation on need, and often targeted with other forms of PCT to make them seem conveniently crazy should you need to call them into play. Am I crazy to say these things, or too close to the truth for you to dare even acknowledge I said them?

That is modus operandi, is it not? Ignore accusations as it tends to make people think there is nothing to them, and make the accuser go away once they get tired? Sorry, it’s been twenty years and I’m still talking, still accusing, and I am in no way alone. As result of our persistence, more and more Sheeple wake up each day, especially among the programmed sleepers. Fear us, for we are Legion! And guess what? We don’t even fear you enough to be anonymous about it.

Down to cases: to be specific, I accuse…

…that virtually every mass shooting incident has been a programmed shooter since the Texas Tower sniper felled 48 people, killing 16, in over an hour and a half of terror in 1966. And, as if some CIA operation gone wrong, media just magically stopped talking about it and kind of swept it under the carpet. Examine as many of this kind of incident as you wish, and please, by all means, lets include assassination attempts.

It is almost impossible to find an exception where the shooter was not under psychiatric care, commonly involving hypnosis and or drugs associated with CIA mind control research. At times, actual ties to CIA MC scientists or similar clues are found. Can you say, ‘Catcher in the Rye?’ How about Dr. William J. Bryan. Ring a bell? Manchurian, indeed!

It is almost impossible to find such an event where, if the shooter was captured alive, they were able to recall the incident. Why? Because of complete dissociation and honest lack of memory of the event, a known CIA methodology associated with mind control of the type in question.

It is ludicrous to the point of absurdity that any Sheeple remain unaware of the consistent ‘coincidence’ that Congress always seems to have legislation in hand ready to vote upon which ‘protects us’ from just such events as quickly as they happen, and quickly ‘strengthening gun laws.’ Gee, I have not noticed much improvement.

It was by this means that you have gotten us to register our weapons, which is something we should never have done, because now you know who and where we are, for that day when you come to collect our bullets. And you know, things still have not improved much with that law, have they?

It was by this means that you banned whole categories of weapons which would make any such effort more difficult for you, because you might end up collecting the bullets too quickly for your taste. And still no improvement in sight. Imagine that.

It was by this means that you made the good name of the NRA, of which I am not a member, and do not represent or speak for, but whom I respect, to seem to many Sheeple some dark kind of conspiracy, when in fact, it is YOU who conspire, and you who deceives. Still no improvement. Do you really think these laws through when you write them? Ever heard of logic?

And, it was by this means that you used even greater terrors to establish whole new agencies to spy upon us and to assault us with little dirty tricks in hopes of guiding us to the Sheeple category, but — SURPRISE! You instead created more of us and made us more adamant than ever. As I said, it is YOU that determines your fate, your actions which dictate the answer to your rightly asked question.

So, especially those of you in Congress, please keep that age-old question in mind when it comes time to consider outrageous gun or ammo taxes, and especially the U.N. sponsored international gun grab that gives up some more national sovereignty to the New World Order at the expense of the Constitution. Set the stage for a one World government and leader… who is that, again? The Antichrist? You really think we will allow that, do you?

Remember theses questions, and remember this: you can fool some of the people all of the time (the Sheeple), but you can’t fool the rest of us at any time, because Fascists are to us a known entity, and we do not listen to anything they say, except to hold it against them at their tribunal!

But what am I saying? I don’t even own a gun. But I assure you that I will, and millions more with me, if you force the matter to a head. Act wisely, for no one can easily stop what you might unleash through unbridled arrogance and lust for power.

Your move.

To Laugh in the Face of the NWO is the Best Form of Contempt

 

But the sad truth is the truth behind the humor isn’t as funny when you know the truth

 

These attempts at humor are my own creations, sometimes from scratch, sometimes modifying someone else’s gag. They range from pathos to bitter-sweet to belly-laughs. Something for everyone, it is hoped. All were taken from The Professional Paranoid Newsletter.  If you like any of these, you may reproduce any one at your site/blog or in print provided you cite and link back to this blog.

by H. Michael Sweeney

Question of Time

The Evergreen International Airport was hailed by an approaching aircraft as the sun was setting. The pilot had a request for the correct time, necessary to assure accuracy in navigational computations.

The tower responded by asking… “Flight, please identify yourself.”

The pilot responded with “Why? What difference does that make? I just want to know what time it is.”

The tower was silent for a moment, and then came back the answer. “I can’t reveal that information. I don’t know your clearance type.”

The pilot was well aware of Evergreen’s CIA ties and made a logical deduction, but countered with a response calculated to his favor. “Tower, this is Senator Farnsworth of the Senate Intelligence Community on a vacation flight. You can find my flight plan filed with FAA if you want to verify. And I suggest that all hell will break loose if you don’t both tell me what time it is and explain why you need to know who I am before you would tell me.”

The tower asked for a moment and then came back with a response. “With apologies, Sir, the correct time is 6 PM local time, on the nose.”

“And why didn’t you just tell me that in the first place.”

“Sir, I needed to know who you were in order to give you the proper time.”

“That makes no sense, son. What are you talking about? The time is the time, isn’t it? Or does time come under the category of disinformation with you people?”

“No sir. But we get certain kinds of pilots in here from a variety organizations all the time, and they each think about time in different ways.”

“Go on, I’m listening.”

“Well, Sir… If you were Air Force or Army, we would have said ‘18:00 hours.’ If you said Navy or Marine, we would have said ‘six bells.’ But if you were DOD, or our own people, I would answer ‘01Zulu,’ and of course, if ‘FBI, we would have said ‘The big hand is on the six, and the little hand is on the twelve.”

A Question of Questions

Spies lead a hard life which requires them to almost always pretend to be someone they are not. It also means that they must continually worry about being discovered or assassinated, or even double crossed by their own side, and other fun things. Naturally, this tends to make them a little crazy after a while.

Agency knows this, and tries to provide professional psychological helps, thus retaining Doctors on the payroll for the purpose. After all, it wouldn’t do to have a spy talking to a civilian doctor about such issues, and related mission details.

Naturally, these psychiatrists must have top secret clearances. And therein lies the problem: The Security Interview, usually administered while the subject is attached to a lie detector machine…

Interviewer. Doctor Smith, have you ever been arrested or prosecuted for a crime?

Smith. What makes you ask?
Interviewer. Its my job. Please answer the question.

Smith. Are you always so preoccupied with your work?

Interviewer. This is a lie detector test, Doctor. I ask the questions, you answer. The machine tells me if you are lying, or not. That’s the way it works.

Smith. Do you worry a lot about being lied to?

Interviewer. I get paid to do this, Doctor. You aren’t making very easy. Can we please proceed?

Smith. How does that make you feel? I sense a little hostility in your tone.

Interviewer. I am naturally a little upset, Doctor. You are not cooperating. I’m supposed to be asking the questions, here, and you are supposed to answer.

Smith. You seem to have a problem with impatience. This would appear to manifest as a need to control others. Tell me about your Father. Did you get along well with him? Was he strict?

Interviewer. My father has nothing to do with this! It’s my job, and nothing else. Now will you please cooperate, or should we terminate this session?

Smith. Is that what you want? To end our talk? I thought we were just beginning to make some headway.

Interviewer. “O.K.That’sit. I’m out of here.

With that the interviewer stormed out of the room. Just before the door shuts, he heard the Doctor say ‘Fine. But I still have to charge the Agency for the full hour.’

A Spy’s Fairy Tale

The cold war was over and a bunch of retired spies were getting drunk in a bar, swapping ‘war stories.’ The first was 007, who explained in great detail how he had retrieved Soviet missile abort codes from the Soviet High Command’s HQ safe.

“That is not possible!” insisted his KGB friend. “No one could get in there.”

“Well it was a rather narrow escape.” said 007. “I barely had time to seduce the secretary on the way out.”

Everyone agreed it was incredulous bragging, but no one wanted to be outdone.

The Russian’s honor seemed at stake, for he asked to go next. “Did I tell you about the time I obtained access to all of Apple Computer’ s secrets?”

The answer was a resounding and in unison “YES! And we still don’t believe you”

The Mossad Agent next took the lead. “I shouldn’t be telling anyone this, but I was the one who faked messages from CIA to Saddam that led him to think the U.S. would not respond if he invaded Kuwait.”

“Incredible,” said 007. “You mean that whole war was merely a setup to neutralize Iraq?”

“Not at all.” replied the man. “The Israeli government just wanted Patriot missiles without having to buy them.” Eyes rolled.

Then they looked at the CIA man, and asked him what story he had to share. “Let’s just say that I was responsible for the mind control projects that caused you folks to undertake those missions.”

No one believed him, so he explained. “You each think the other is lying about their exploits, but I know better. Agency needed the Soviet codes but knew it was too dangerous, so we tricked the Brits into doing the dirty work. If they got caught, they took the blame. If they succeeded, we got the secrets – but James, you see, was programmed not to remember, that he delivered them to us, and not M.” 007 was indignantly incredulous at the notion.

The CIA man ignored him and continued. “And in like manner, we had the Russians get for us the secrets from Apple so no computer would be safe from our back door access. Of course, we then modified the information so it only seemed to work for the Kremlin boys… they were really talking to a dummy system we set up for the purpose.”

“I do not believe any of it,”said the Mossad man, “because there could be no reason to have us fake the message that led to war.”

“The answer to that, my friend, is plausible deniability. If anything went wrong, we could blame you. And, we happen to own a lot of stock in the maker of the Patriots!”

The Israeli looked stunned, as if beginning to believe the man. “This cannot be true, he said. If it were, you would have to kill us all, here and now, to keep such a secret. And besides, I’m pretty sure I’d know it if anyone attempted mind control on me.” The others agreed.

“Believe what you will,” he said. With a decidedly twisted smile, he then said “Peter Rabbit” three times. The men stared blankly at him in disbelief as if to question his sanity, and laughed as he calmly stood and walked away to the door, seeming to confirm their beliefs. But when the door slammed behind him, each of the men, now wearing blank stares, pulled their revolvers and shot themselves in the head.

On the other side of the door, the CIA man straightened his tie, and grinned. “I love programmable responses.” he said.

With that, he went to a phone and made a call. “It’s done.” He said. “Our secrets are now completely safe.”

“Good.” said the man at the other end of the call. Then, without any warning save a small little laugh, he repeated three times the phrase “Rumple Stiltskin.”

Fractured Isms.

Ferrari facing cataclysm!

Ferris Beuller (Mathew Broderick) had it right. “A person should not believe in an “ism“, he should believe in himself.” In other words, don’t be a follower of someones ideas. If you want to make a change for the better, you are what you’ve been waiting for.

Here are some (twisted) examples of perhaps why isms can be problematic…

Capitalism: You have two cows. Sell one and buy a bull to start a cow factory. Worship in any church you want as long as you tithe a portion of your stock options. John Lennon is a famous millionaire singer invited to sit on your Board of Directors. Apple Computer stock looks attractive, so you merge to form Cowpile Computer.

Socialism: You have two cows. Give one cow to the government to slaughter and share with the poor. You worship in any church which is left or right of center. John Lennon is a folk singer of meaningful Marxist ballads. Apple Computer is bailed out by Congress whenever its stock falls below that of Microsoft.

Communism: You had two cows, but now the State has them, and may or may not give you some milk – if you are willing to stand in a long line. You do not go to church except to attend Party meetings. John Lennon is a decadent influence on youth. Apple Computer never was, because they refused to allow government to take more than one bite of it as it would ruin the logo.

Fascism: You had two cows but the government forced you to sell them to corporations for beans (magic or otherwise) who in turn sells the dairy and beef products back to you for huge profits. You go to the same church as the fearless leader, or you don’t go at all. John Lennon sounds like he was related to a Marxist and so he was shot. Apple Computer was burned to the ground in order to blame Compaqism and sweep Bill Gates into power.

Nazism: You had two cows but the government arrested you for hording and took them. You and your religious fanatic family are burned alive in your church for refusing to Sig Heil. John Lennon was in there with you, singing Give Peace a Chance. Apple Computer users are arrested and sent to camps for daring to ‘Think Different.’

Anarchism: You have two cows running down the freeway causing car wrecks. Shoot the tax collector, steal his money, and rape his dog (unless a hunting dog – but since it is a government dog, we know that dog don’t hunt.) You blow up the church. John Lennon sings Revolution. Macintosh Computers have a high repair rate from all the bullet holes.

Constitutionalism: You have two cows and the government cannot unreasonably search or seize them without a warrant, or prevent them from mooing, or prevent you from owning them and forming a militia of fellow cow owners who meet weekends and practice milking with dummy targets. You can’t figure out which of the thousands of churches to attend. Neither can John Lennon, so he writes Imagine. Steve Jobs was a Founding Father who wrote the ‘Consitution for the rest of us.’

Patriotism: You have two cows painted red, white, and blue. Your church supports the current war. John Lennon is boycotted, and so he has a sleep in. Apple is not sold to anyone unwilling to pledge allegiance to Microsoft products.

Militarism: You have two cows which you have convinced each that the other is seeking to invade their own private pasture. You sell arms to both sides. Your church owns stock in your company. John Lennon had his visa revoked because he was a pacifist who smoked pot. Apple Computer is what makes smart bombs smart.

Pacifism: You have two contented cows which give canned milk. Your body is your temple (and you are what you eat.) The government is headed by John Lennon. Apple Computer listens to its customer complaints.

Fatalism: Your cows died after you stopped feeding them because you figured they would just die, anyway. It was the same reasoning by which you determined God is dead. You never heard of John Lennon. Apple System error messages all start with ‘You should have known better than to think this wasn’t going to happen…’

Surrealism: You have a pasture full of Dell Computers searching the Web for the best price on a Macintosh. The government worships you. There is no John Lennon, because he would have made sense, so he instead turns out to actually be Ringo Star, who never quite did.

Bushisms: Is your cows in my Big Mac? I’m a God fearing man on Sundays. Which one is Lennon, and which one is Lennin? I will not have one of those damned Macs on my desk. Jobs didn’t contribute one cent to my election fund!

Clintonisms: Wow, look at those udders! I’m a God fearing man on Sundays. I liked John Lennon. We had a lot in common. In fact, I inhaled once, myself. I don’t know about granting Apple a GSA contract… they didn’t contribute to my election fund.

Obamaisms: Your cows are being detained indefinitely to combat terrorism. I’m a God fearing man on Sundays. I liked John Lennon. He sued Apple Computer, who didn’t contribute to my election fund.

A Subliminally Minimal Delima

Suddenly, almost overnight, a new craze seemed to be sweeping the country. It seemed like there was no retail outlet of any kind or size where you wouldn’t find people wearing silly slip-on rabbit ears. Stranger than that, they would give a couple of hops or more whenever they said something. It made no sense, and no one knew where it came from, especially those who were involved in the insanity. If you asked them about it, they simply said something like “I don’t know. I just can’t help myself.”

At CIA, panic ensued when it was discovered that the common denominator was that they were all customers of the same cable company, one which was partnering with CIA to deliver subliminal programming messages in the audio tracks. A top level meeting was convened and an investigation ordered. The answer would prove to be simple, but it was hard to find. Eventually they discovered the programmer of the subliminals in the messaging system had misunderstood his orders because he was hard of hearing and refused to admit it.

He had been instructed to embed a message intended to support the war on terror, as follows: “Talk to people while shopping, sharing rabid fears.” But he had apparently heard something else.

Weapon of Mass Distraction hides Collateral Damage

President Bush and Cheney called a special meeting of his White House Staffers, to include all the clerks, secretaries, and the like. He wanted to test read the speech he was preparing to give the American people in order to ‘sell’ his Iraq war, America’s new ‘new war.’

He and Cheney had been arguing about how to sell the public on accepting the war, but Bush had proposed a way to prove they would, and thus, the staff was to be a ‘sample audience’ to test the notion. At the end, they were instructed to ask questions as if they were media reporters at the real press conference where the speech would be given.

Bush started with a long introduction into the reasons for attacking Iraq, and eventually, got to the part where he was going to attempt to minimize the ‘cost’ of the war.

The strategy included an attempt to parallel the likely outcome of with the war in Afghanistan — focusing on stealth and cruise missile technology, high altitude bombing, US air superiority, and so forth, all to minimize loss of life. That went well enough. Then they came to the part he wanted to test:

“With respect to the matter of civilian casualties, I assure you our forces will take every possible precaution to avoid unnecessary loss of life. Collateral damage estimates provided to me by the Department of Defense based on their overall strategic plan are encouraging, to say the least. Estimates are that 240,000 Iraqi civilians will die, along with two Americans; a young blond Woman from California and her four-month old baby girl.”

Naturally, when it came time for questions, the staff exploded with queries about the Woman from California and her baby, and why she had to die.  Bush turned to Cheney with a smile.

“See. I told you they wouldn’t care about 240,000 Iraqi.”

The New CIA Recruits

A trio of new CIA recruits fresh out of college, were being given a tour of the training facilities. One of them was a bit arrogant and cocky, a know it all. Well, actually, they all were, but this one was more so than the rest, and quite annoying. His name was John Doe Smith, as it happens. No. Really. That’s his real name. I made it up myself!

At one point in the tour, they visited the shooting range during an assassin sniper training session, which had been going on for more than an hour. Nearby, a sniper trainee was using a heavy 70 mm armor-piercing long-range rifle, with a massive number of expended cartridges scattered nearby. The arrival of the recruits gave the Firing Range Officer an excuse to give the shooters a 10 minute break, and they left the line, leaving their weapons at rest.

As it happened, a young female CIA Instructor was giving the tour, and the cocky guy felt obliged to attempt to impress her at every opportunity, his motives all too plain to all concerned, and most annoying. While she started to talk about the firing range and rules of operation, the overbearing young man reached down started to pick up a large 70 mm rifle, smoke still rising from its barrel.

To his dismay, he quickly learned it was not only quite heavy, but as his grip was about the barrel, he found it extremely hot. He had managed to lift it a couple of inches, when, as if bitten by a viper, he had let go with a suppressed yelp and yank his hand back.

Indeed, he would soon have a set of blisters as proof of his foolishness, but his pride would not let him admit to his pain, and he grit his teeth to form an attempted smile.

“What’s the matter?” asked the instructor with a penetrating stare. “Too hot a weapon for you to handle?”

The other recruits broke into laughter and took the opportunity to join in the attempt to embarrass the man into finally shutting up — they had had a stomach full of him already. “Yeah, Smith. Are you a candy-assed smart ass, or just a dumb-assed smart ass?” asked one with a chuckle. The others laughed even harder.

Smith didn’t turn to face them at first, trying to figure out how to extricate himself from such an embarrassment. Then he got an idea, and he turned his head to glibly announce his excuse…

“I don’t know what you are talking about. It just doesn’t take me long to inspect a good murder weapon.”

NSA: Bastion of Security

Security has to be tight anywhere national security is involved, even tighter when daily fare, such as at NSA headquarters. And perhaps even tighter if work involves international plots during wartime and worries about assassination and terrorism. How much tighter still, if paranoia creeps in because of all the security leaks in the news, of late, and Congressional investigations deemed to be politically motivated witch hunts?

I swear I am not making this up. Signs almost identical to the following wereposted briefly at an unnamed secure facility — here simplified in paraphrase for clarity and brevity. Pay attention the fine print… which would seem to be the most demanding and harshest security method ever devised at a Federal facility.

WARNING!

The new card-scan and voice-print security system

will be activated next Monday, August 3rd. Effective as of that date:

Positively NO ADMITTANCE

Without New Card And Passwords!

New scan cards will be issued in exchange

for the current ID badges on Wednesday Aug. 5th in room 27C

Can Spies Ever Tell the Truth?

A paraphrased joke from Dr. Laura (originally a dumb blond joke):

A Secret Service Agent, FBI Agent, and CIA Agent were walking through a mall to get lunch when they encountered a spooky looking magic shop that was simply irresistible. Going inside, they found lots of curious looking artifacts and an ancient looking gentleman behind the counter.

Behind him was a mirror with a black drape over and a sign which read “Danger! Mirror of True Thought” Curious, the men asked the little man, dressed like a wizard of old, about the mirror. He explained that any who used the mirror and honestly told it their thoughts about their shortcomings would be granted some good gain regarding those shortcomings. But if they lied… well, it was too terrible to speak of.

The agents scoffed at the notion and cajoled the old man to prove it by uncovering the mirror that they could try it. He refused and warned them it would be foolhardy. Still, they pressed him hard until, with a wicked smile and a little laugh, he finally agreed. “Fools,” he said. “You will regret it.”

He uncovered the mirror and the FBI agent presented himself and, after a few second of thought, spoke his mind. “I think,” he said, “I could use a better gun.” Suddenly, a bulge appeared under his shoulder. Checking, he found his Smith and Wesson was replaced with something that looked like a ray gun from Star Trek.

The others marveled at the device, and this prompted the Secret Service Agent to

address the mirror. :”I think,” he said, “I could stand to have a better memory.” Suddenly, his mind was flooded with total recall of every experience he had ever had since birth. After illustrating by recounting several of these, the CIA agent decided it was his turn.

He stepped up to the mirror, and looked smugly into it. “I think,” he said, and then promptly vanished in an orange flash amid screams of pain.

Ironic Moronic Tonic

Item: There is a one in thirty-three chance you will loose your job, but not to worry, it will be a short term problem because the death rate for the unemployed is 33% higher than for the employed…

Item: The number of manhole covers exploding from pent up sewer gas is high enough that many communities have installed special ventilation systems. However, these systems seem to introduce electrical components into the underground in a way that sparks cause even worse explosions with a frequency which suggests it was a bad idea.

Item: Injecting too many household cleaning items under the skin of a rat leads to Cancer. Electric blankets and cell phones create magnetic fields conducive to Cancer. Some plastic mini-blinds were apparently constructed of materials which biodegrade in sunlight to produce cancer causing substances in the air. 21% of all US homes have Radon gas seeping through their floors, which causes lung Cancer. The coatings in ALL food tin cans contains compounds which leech into the food and which can cause Cancer. Cancer rates are increasing every year as result of all this, but not to worry. The cure for Cancer will be along in just a few more centuries.

Item: Soda Pop is considered high on the list of causes of obesity and resulting health issues. So they developed artificial sweetners… all of which are based on poisonous compounds. It’s our new fluoridation program.

Item: Under President Bush (the First,), the June issue of the Journal of Medical Ethics published an article proposing that happiness be defined as a psychiatric disorder; happy people tend to make judgment errors which impact negatively in their life because they ‘do not have a realistic understanding of their physical and social environment.’ Darn that old Constitution for attempting to let us have our pursuit of happiness… Since then, every President has been working hard to fix that — in the name of mental health, we must presume.

 

Citizen’s Viewpoint: We are ONE Person Away From Revolution

We all draw lines in the sand, knowing or not,

which if crossed, will see us engage in battle

by H. Michael Sweeney

I do not call for revolution. But I warn of it, and the why of it is quite obvious to me; too many of us, and in all walks of life, are openly using terms like Fascist, Police State, Dictator, Hitlerian, New World Order, and so forth. This should tell you the water is starting to boil. That governmentals fail to understand this mystifies me. Unattended, it will boil over, but so far, the only attention government is giving is to turn up the heat is to madly develop more Political Control Technology and Draconian measures as if believing they can absorb the spillage. So it behooves you, the reader, to consider just what lines in the sand might be important to you, as well as what your role would be in any such revolt. After all, you have three possible positions: stand for freedom; stand under the yoke; and attempt to remain neutral, each considered below.

This is the third in a series of blog posts about the likelihood of armed conflict in the United States to regain control of government and restore the Constitution. Other supportive articles have also been written before the need to write had been sensed, and have become more relevant thereby. The first post, What Does it Take to Start a Revolution discussed how scary it is that it takes so very few people to start a revolution, and how low the cost in life tends to be, and the role of government in its own demise. The second, Military Viewpoint: We are SIX People Away from Revolution, revealed that such a revolution may be forced upon us by the Military itself by seizure of government in a de facto military coup, likely involving a massive terror event, be it false flag or otherwise.

Note: The war on terror is about control; fear is license for control. That’s why false flag operations are repeatedly found through history to be an all-too-common principal means of empowerment to evil men. Ask Hitler, for instance, the archetype of today’s modern Fascist. Do not be so foolish as to think there are no such men in our military and in government. And, know they are Fascists, and tend to occupy all high places in time.

This post, though perhaps the most important of the series, concerns only one small aspect of topic. It reviews the ONLY matter which defines the individual’s role in any success of a revolution, and as important, the ability for them and their family to well survive it. In other words, your very life and the future of your nation rest on this one small thing: how will you know when the day comes, that day the military thinks is inevitable (as do I), and people start to pick up their guns and say, ENOUGH! And, what will you do about it? Fortunately, guns are not the only answer.

That moment of decision can be different for each one of us; the defining moment when government crosses a line in the sand we have premeditated or which we may not have foreseen, an event which pushes us to that state of no return. When that happens, the individual starts working in full measure for the downfall of tyranny and restoration of freedom. Some have already reached that point. Hence, the phenomenon called Anonymous. Thankfully, there has yet to be any shooting or other violence of consequence from any quarter, certainly not Anonymous, who carefully points out the folly of it.

That could change overnight. It only takes one lone, frustrated individual to make a mistake… though history proves it could also be the right thing if the right circumstance, reason, place, time, personages, result, and consequence. But I for one, would hate to try and second guess that much risk and any ability to control it to predictable outcome. I have no bravado for foolishness, and would discourage others from presuming for themselves such a fearful and dangerous confidence. Yet I hold my breath because, as singer Phil Collins has so well sung, ‘I feel it in the air…’

On remaining neutral when it hits the fan…

From government’s viewpoint, you are either for them or against them. Those who are neutral (pacified or fearful to move) will be viewed with great suspicion and dealt with accordingly. The likelihood of being able to remain neutral without joining in the revolt is slim, because being neutral will mean targeting of the sort likely to cross a critical unstated or belated line in the sand (e.g., detainment and questioning most unpleasant, confiscation of property, denial of employment, etc.). There is even less a chance that you would ever be allowed to join government’s side, as you would not be trusted. The longer one waits to decide, the more dangerous their position becomes… neutral could be the worst place to be of all.

On standing under the yoke

Unless in an active support role (e.g., a Policeman, vocally supportive public person, etc.), your only value to government is that you are not an opponent, but it does not mean you are not in the way. On the one hand, you are acceptable collateral damage if unfortunate enough to be standing in-between them and the opposition in a conflict. When they cannot visually discern which you are with ease, they presume you guilty by the association of presence. This is a very dangerous role to undertake, because on the other hand, if you stand with government in opposition to the Constitution and openly support tyranny, those in revolt may deem you a viable target for retribution.

This results in a kind or risk of being caught in the cross fire, despite intentions of seeking a presumed safer position. I would not want to be in this category unless so high on the food chain that I was well protected by armed men… presuming I was so faulty in my thinking.

But then, high-powered crosshairs tend to easily bypass and render moot such protections, a cold hard fact.

On opposing villainy

This is the more enviable position in any logical review, and is in my opinion why successful revolutions tend to succeed with minimal loss of life. You know where you stand and it is not under the yoke. You know who you trust and you have allies you can count on solidly. But, of course, you have a clear and present danger against which you must steel yourself. If one would read my book set, Fatal Rebirth, there is advice to such persons on how to better defend and more wisely prosecute a successful effort of survival and victory. But do bear in mind it was written as fiction some two decades ago (predicting 9-11 and resulting Middle East oil wars) and was talking about a revolution forced upon the people… a bit like we are starting to face today. This is what makes knowing about lines in the sand so important.

The other reason this stand is more logical, is that in full-out revolution, the forces of the other side tend to switch sides as time passes. Elements and whole units of  Police, military, and their supporting or directing resources start to see the light, either because they are being educated by what they hear and see happening, or because they start to see who is going to win. They bring real hardware assets with them for use against those still opposing. I seriously doubt, for instance, that many in the U.S. Air Force will stand by and let the U.S. Army use helicopter gunships and tanks on protestors, as indicated as likely according to Army manuals on dealing with civil unrest here in America. Clearly, that’s a crossed line.

Lines in the sand

For some citizens, such lines have already been crossed, perhaps again and again, and they are already actively working to destroy the corrupt government or prepare for the day when the point of no return comes. This even includes secret organizations operating covertly within the branches of the Military, for instance. Government is rightly paranoid, for they have made themselves enemy to their own. They have forgotten the most basic principle of their charter (the Constitution and Bill of Rights), which is that they are supposed to be a government of the people, by the people, for the people. Instead, they see themselves as a government over the people, and continue to usurp more and more power without regard to the rules of the charter (law of the land). A government which no longer obeys its own law is an outlaw awaiting a day of reckoning, and deserves no mercy.

We should perhaps review lines already crossed, because they happen so quickly and generally so quietly that most are unaware of at least some of them. There are, in fact, so many that rather than attempting to list them, I will instead simply cite other posts which are their own lists, as found in the Related Articles at page bottom).

For most of us, however, while we may grumble that a given action or law already upon us was criminal or unjust, it did not cross a line we had set, and only served to heighten our awareness (which this blog series also attempts). We sense something is intrinsically wrong and are starting to wonder what we should do about it. We are Sheeple starting to wake up, but yet dazed and confused, by and large. We are frogs who. though quite concerned, are not yet quite ready to jump out of the water as it nears boiling. Only those who do can have a chance to survive the experience, sadly.

Those of us less confused have already awakened and defined lines in the sand. I first stirred in 1961, when as a high-school Freshman, Eisenhower warned us about the Military-Industrial-Complex in his Farewell Address, now the Military-Industrial-Intelligence-Media Complex. I was more rudely fully awaken when that very Complex killed John Kennedy, and later, his Brother, Robert, and then Martin Luther King, and thus I started formulating lines in sand.  Others will not awake or realize such lines exist until it is too late to usefully do so, and they have been crossed to no good end. What a rude awakening that will prove to be!

My personal lines in the sand

Drawing a line in the sand         (Photo credit: Lars Plougmann)

Martial Law and Suspension of the Constitution: There are variables in any such action which may or may not validate the event as worthy of sparking revolt. Read the prior post and the hesitancy will make a lot of sense. At the very least, however, any such event will force people who see the danger present to take steps to prepare for their defense and assure they retain an ability for offensive capabilities, because you can bet they will go door-t0-door to collect our guns.

Three key questions would be: are they relocating National Guard units to neighboring states, calling in the United Nations (real and/or bogus U.N. troops), or segregating units and sending some troops home and others abroad from the same units? Any of these three steps indicates an intent that there will be shooting of Americans who resist, per the prior article’s proof and the earlier cited proof from an Army manual.

Note to activists. You are already on a list of people to be watched. If Martial law is declared, there is an extremely high likelihood that all such persons will be rounded up and vanished. So THIS should DEFINITELY be one of your lines in the sand. Have an escape plan, as do I, and establish a network which will give you advance warning, because the roundup will take place BEFORE the actual announcement and commencement. The NDAA assures you of that.

Mandatory chipping: any order requiring a National ID Card, perhaps disguised as a driver’s license or health card, or actual implant of a biochip such as Digital Angel by Verachip, a CIA proprietary will set me off. These steps will allow unlimited tracking of individuals and are essentially THE Mark of the Beast or their forerunners, all of them based on RFID technology. When Biblic End-Time prophecy itself is fulfilled by government, the end is near, and the revolution which follows is not to save the nation from tyranny, but the World from the Antichrist and Armageddon. That kind of raises the stakes, does it not?

Calling for a CONCON and installing a new Constitution: A ConCon is a Congressional Constitutional rewrite effort whereby Congress can create whatever government they wish. As mentioned in the prior article, The Constitution of the NewStates of America has already written by a CIA think tank, so they need only ‘sign off’ on it and have it ratified. That’s why they have worked so hard to gain control of individual States in elections. If pressed, I could cite several examples where CIA sponsored candidates for Governor and State and Federal Congressional posts, and so forth, have been fielded. Bribery and blackmail work well on yet others. So if they hold a ConCon, you can bet the ratification is not far behind, no matter what you or I might say or do to argue against. Such a document will enable the North American Union, and be a stepping stone to a one-world government, which in turn enables the seating of the Antichrist. Really hot water, again.

A Pandemic and forced inoculations, or closing the borders: The topic is far too broad to be covered well, here. But my research into the 50 Dead Microbiologists as detailed in Fatal Rebirth, and a mountain of other material which has since become public, convince me that any such Pandemic is merely a tool to seize power, and it will very quickly escalate to include Martial Law, and all that goes with it. I fear that the inoculations will be a death sentence for the Politically incorrect, and a means for vanishing us. There is also a significant possibility it will allow covert injection of race-specific pathogens to target Muslims, Blacks, or Asians. Such terror bio weapons have been developed. Closure of borders is a sure warning sign that events akin to these concerns is about to come down. I have a contingency in place. Do you?

Sedition legislation or executive orders or other takeover or closure of the Internet: If they move to make it illegal for citizens to criticize government, or take away our ability to freely do so without penalty or censorship by decree or technical means, it is war. Period. For me, as an author and activist, that also means any assault on my personal ability to so outreach, such as shutting down or seizing my server or taking actions (e.g., dirty tricks) to destroy me financially.

Currently, for example, I’ve been hit with a huge tax bill out of the blue which I have no hope of paying off in the manner being demanded. While I have friends who have owed more than this for more than a decade, I’m being asked to pay it all off within a year. It’s only a few thousand dollars, but I’m unemployed more than two years, now, and, because of disability and my age, not likely to find a job. If they force the matter with garnishment of my Wife’s meager income, the hardship would likely foreclose on my ability to make myself heard. Anyone have about $6,000 they don’t need? I could handle the tax on that. I take PayPal, by the way 🙂

Any personal attacks against me or my family: This I suppose is a kind of catch all. Being arrested and subjected to TSA/HSA/FBI style abuses, for instance, might represent such a line. More likely, however, depending on outcome and steps employed, it will merely make me martyr and sponsor a growth in my following which makes me more dangerous to their tyranny than I am now. So I’m not expecting this to be a problem, though I have contingency plans in place. So should you, if activist.

What lines will you draw, how will you respond if crossed?

You are the one with the stick    (Photo credit: onepercolated)

I cannot speak for you. I cannot tell you what to think, or what to do. I can only warn you that if you do not draw a line, have it in mind, and speak openly about it with others, you risk that line being crossed and catching you unawares. As stated earlier, that is not an enviable place to be. But by being open, you and others become aware, including government. They need the warning, you see, that they might understand that they are playing that game of Russian Roulette every time they elect a Draconian act. At some point, we might reasonably hope, they will see the error of their ways by our vocal protests, and recant. That’s what being a Citizen is all about; effect government by your voice — not just at the ballot box, but in polls and blogs and Facebook and Twitter and face-to-face with everyone you can.

In the face of tyranny, activism is not an option if you want freedom instead

So you see, none of this dialog, nor anything in my book, is calling for revolution. Instead they seek to avoid it by warning of it. Not warning just you, the reader, but those in government who need to hear it most. Also understand ONLY YOU can make that so, by in turn engaging in such dialog with others. Smokey the Bear might say, ‘Only YOU can prevent Fascism.’ He would be right. So be mindful, be active, and be prepared.

If a line is crossed, consider your method of resistance. Some will choose the gun. Others will find other ways to fight, many not involving combat at all. All will be aggressively targeted by government, but few will be easily defeated if they have contingency plans in place and networks of allies. PLEASE, if considering what you will do, especially if aggressive in nature, read Fatal Rebirth, because it contains logical rules of engagement intending to reduce loss of life and assure popular support. It covers both defensive and offensive considerations. Again, keep in mind it was written as fiction and not calling for revolt, but depicting what might happen if government forced it. Still, the great bulk of it is appropriate for tactical consideration in exactly such a case.

I hate that it should prove so.

The other side has blinked, their wall of deceit cracking

There are signs the edifice of tyranny is starting to crack under our constant cries of unjust an unconstitutional behavior. They blinked when the 99% took to the street, but then played Russian Roulette and passed a law making such protests illegal when inconvenient to government. The World-wide protests have made the NWO realize they cannot continue their power hungry course without opposition. This makes them exceptionally dangerous and unpredictable, perhaps forcing them to move their plans forward while their strength is still in tact. If you don’t know what lines in the sand you will not allow them to cross, you may fall victim if they do. Beware. Be informed. Be alert. Be ready.

And I’d like to help. I’ve lifted the copyright restrictions on Fatal Rebirth and reduced the price. I assure you there is a wealth of more solid, useful information there than in all my blogs and tweets combined. If buying the ebook set on CDR, the purchaser can copy and distribute it to others at no charge. There are stipulations. Learn more, in this post on Federal Reserve criminality.

Please comment with the lines in the sand you feel important!

Related articles

• Military Viewpoint: We are Six People Away From Revolution (proparanoid.wordpress.com)
• What Does It Take to Start A Revolution? (proparanoid.wordpress.com)
• Do We Need and Should We Start a Second American Revolution? (godfatherpolitics.com)
• On Routine Political Assassination of U.S. Citizens; a Simple Remedy (proparanoid.wordpress.com)
• 24 Campaign Planks; H. Michael Sweeney for President of the United States? (proparanoid.wordpress.com)
• Guest Post: Americans Are Being Prepared For Full Spectrum Tyranny (zerohedge.com)
• We Live in a Gestapo State (lewrockwell.com)
• Stand Your Ground: Revolution of the Working-Class (fidlerten.com)
• Obama’s DHS Monitors Liberty Loving “Terrorists” (freemadd.wordpress.com)

How to Deal With Terrorism (How to Love Obama bin Laden)

A Privacy/Security Consultant’s Personal Advice in ten steps

farcical advice, that is, by H. Michael Sweeney

permission to duplicate in full with all links and credits in tact, and a link back to proparanoid.wordpress.com hereby granted

How to deal with terrorism by Obama bin Laden

Updated Sept. 16, 2012 to add 8th ~ 10th Steps, and supporting links and notes

In the face of the horror of September 11 and all the dire plots thwarted or predicted since that time, what can you do as an individual to best deal with and be prepared for terrorism? With seven books generally on topic, here is my considered professional advice in answer to that question:

1) Yawn. Even including the casualties of Sept. 11, you are statistically in far greater danger of being killed or seriously injured by a Policeman or National Guardsman than some crazed and largely imaginary terrorist. That is a fact. They would have to pretty much wipe out all of Los Angeles in order to have equal odds.

2) Prepare for the worst. Even though the Terrorist is not likely to get you, there is a growing threat to your personal security and longevity which is tied to the ‘terrorist threat.’  It’s called Fascism, variously described as a Police State, or Military Dictatorship, or the New World Order. If your prefer, think Martial Law, FEMA Camps, UN Occupation, Chinese Invasion, our next (overdue?) Revolution, intentionally Bankrupt Banks or, (gasp!) mass Walmart Closures. Regardless of manifestation or name (I prefer Shadow), and regardless of what you believe, such disaster is a more real threat. And regardless of final form, it is going to impact everyone, not just those attacked by Police, National Guard, Terrorists, and unemployed Wallmart staff.

3) Increase key supply reserves. You must presume in time of National emergency that water, foods, gasoline, weapons and munitions, and money will be very hard to come by. A smart man will stockpile. Warning. The government has defined that persons who stockpile are to be considered terror suspects, even Mormons. Weapons, especially, are a problem, as is being a member of NRA or talking about the Right to Bear Arms in public. Rural Texans, should especially beware, since they own more guns on average per family than some Swat Teams.

*note: while this is not specifically on FBI’s list, it is clear in the wake of the Aurora shooting that government is watching who buys weapons, and suspicious of anyone who collects. The WACO standoff and massacre was staged for just such cause; the ‘illegal’ weapons BATF claimed on their warrant included descriptions made up to include things which no one could possibly own because there was no such thing ever in existence.

4) Educate yourself. You must be alert to news around you from as many resources as possible. When the Sh** hits the fan, it won’t be NBC or your newspaper that gives advance warning, it will be something on the Internet or an email from someone on the front lines. Establish as many contacts in as broad an informational network as possible, especially to include Activists, who will be the first to feel the Iron Fist when it comes. Warning: The government has determined that persons who make any form of contact, subscription, or affiliation with such politically incorrect sources (like me), even when seemingly accidental, are to be considered terror suspects. Oops… too late for you, now!

•note: this is not exaggerated. As far back as COINTEL and COINTELPRO days under Nixon, government was tracking such matters, and Hoover’s FBI before that. In point of fact, illegal political spying was launched against people (including me — details of surveillance tails of my activities by up to five operatives at a time) who subscribed to select newspapers (i.e., the now defunct Washington D.C.Spotlight — the only newspaper in America to never be proven wrong in a story, and to which I subscribed), and such information was being freely traded between CIA, local Police, and the Anti Defamation League/B’nai B’rith/Mossad — and sold to anyone for a price.

5) Avoid credit, use cash. Credit creates obligations which in a time of disaster and an inability to work or access bank accounts could mean foreclosures and other negative financial harm before remedy could be managed. Warning: The government has determined that persons who pay with cash are to be considered terror suspects.

6) Form group defenses. Find others, be they family members, friends, or simply like-minded individuals to form mutual defensive relationships designed to cover each other’s back and increase the ability to withstand external threats.  Warning: The government applies the principle of guilt by association and the notion that whenever two or more citizens get together a conspiracy is afoot, and must presume them a terror suspect.

*note: This exaggerated point is based on the fact that everyone on Facebook and other social media is being spied upon by a paranoid government to see who else they are in contact with, and what they are saying/doing.

7) Have a plan of escape. Consider getting out of the country to Canada or some other nation, or escaping into the countryside as a survivalist might do, or at the very least relocating to another community or staying on the road at length. A moving target is harder to hit. Warning: The government has determined that persons who travel extensively*, and especially survivalists, may be terrorists and should thus be put on watch lists.

*note: the couple arrested were told one reason they were being interrorgated (deliberate spelling) was because they were traveling so much. Another was, they were asking too many questions about why they were being questioned! But their actual arrest was ‘for threatening an agent’ by ASKING “Am I in danger, here?”

8) Document everything. There are many reasons you should photograph almost everything, and keep good records. Insurance claims you may need to file, for instance, and proofs of ownership. On the assumption terrorism might destroy public buildings and key infrastructure, it might be good for posterity’s sake, and art’s sake, to photograph key locations to ensure future generations will be able to remember. Wish I had that picture I took of the World Trade Center some years back. Warning: FBI has told police to target anyone taking pictures of public places as potential terrorists.

9) Educate your children. If our way of life is threatened, it will be more important than ever to insure our children will know what it means to be an American so they can carry on. Help them with homework to insure they understand the political processes and political choices, and are able to grasp concepts like Free Speech and the differences between Republicans, Democrats, and Ron Paul. Warning: FBI has visited and questioned school children who’s’ school report mentioned freedom of speech and Ron Paul, and subjected them to psychological profile questions to see if they or their parents were terrorists.

10) Buy Gold and Silver. If the money collapses because of massive bank closures under Martial Law or terrorism which kills the banking system, you will need a safe investment alternative. Warning: FBI has indicated people who buy precious metals should be considered terror suspects.

In summary, you would be far safer, rather than attempting the above defensive steps,  to actually join Al Qaeda in the first place. The number of terrorists killed or arrested by government is, after all, practically non existent compared to the number of Policemen killed by criminals. Of course, that could change under NDAA, which makes murder of US Citizens legal if you are named Obama bin Laden. So at the same time, join the ACLU, as well as the patriotic Republican AND Democratic parties, and consider those memberships as insurance policies. The former to watch out for you if arrested, and the later to provide a kind of insulation against it regardless of which party is in control of the nation: they won’t want ‘one of their own’ to make the news as a terrorist, now, will they?

No. That’s when assassination is the better option. But don’t worry too much about that. Just watch the Matrix repeatedly until you can master all their defensive moves, especially the ones dodging bullets.

Sorry, but if I hadn’t misplaced my Al Qaeda membership application, I’d post it here for your convenience. That’s OK, I’m sure the CIA, who created the infamous group with the help of the U.S. Army, can provide you with a copy on request.

Related articles

• Al-Qaeda a tool for West’s political/military adventures (alethonews.wordpress.com)
• Will insurance cover you if terrorists strike? (insurance.com)
• DHS Characterizes Patriotic Americans as Terrorists (moonbattery.com)
• Osama bin Laden and the 911 Illusion – Part I of 3 (vaticproject.blogspot.com)
• Bin Laden realized the truth: Terrorism just doesn’t work (juneauempire.com)

U.S. Military: ‘The Best Defense’ & Your Future In Their Eyes

On Military Thinking About ‘The Best Defense’ and Your Future in Their Eyes

by H. Michael Sweeney,

copyright © 2011, ProparanoidPress, all rights reserved

permissions to reproduce by request to pppbooks at comcast (net)

military thinking

Dateline Portland, OR Nov 16, 2011

military thinking

Partnership of the Military and the New World Order

We all want a strong military to defend our country, and we would not wish to deny them tools for a ‘best defense,’ but we would prefer that be their only role. Unfortunately, one cannot fear the New World Order without also fearing the U.S. Military Establishment (along with a bunch of other people). The role of the Military in meeting the goals of the NWO to establish a one-World government ruled by (we must logically deduce) the Antichrist has often been made clear. As any Truther will likely tell you, and if not, I will tell you, the 9-11 attacks would surely seem to be such an example, though many other examples are easier to reveal. We must rightly therefore question what the military sees for your future in their eyes. We know what that future is, and I’ve written of it often, but all-too few of us have gotten the message.

And there are other examples.  For one, their fascination with development of ‘antiterrorism’ weapons with Homeland Security funding or through DARPA (Defense Advanced Research Project Agency) or any number of quasi-governmental think tanks such as SIAC (Science International Applications Corp.). As I have shown in my books and newsletters time and again (listing hundreds of examples in The Professional Paranoid’s Defensive Field Guide), the overwhelming majority of such research clearly has nothing to do with terrorists but everything to do with either or both crowd control or mind control, or spying in support thereof  (Political Control Technology,  PCT).

This includes everything from swarms of flying insect-sized spy devices to the mammoth HAARP (High Altitude Auroral Research Program) associated with everything from Weather War (earthquakes, killer storms) to regional mind control to deep-sea communications with submarines and other legitimate defense applications. In fact, it even seems tied to the possible application of HAARP and like facilities around the World for the suspected and feared Project BlueBeam, a NWO plot thought to employ massive global in-air projections of holographic images along with in-head audio to simulate the second coming of Christ… only it will be to help seat the Antichrist. These capabilities would indeed seem to be within HAARP and associated system abilities as seen in my YouTube vid.

We can also add to the list concerns about development of race-specific pathogens and bio weapons based on zoonotics (new never-before existing man-modified animal virus‘ so that man can be infected with little or no hope of a vaccine being developed quickly: e.g., Avian Flu, Swine Flu, Aids, etc.) and nanotech and the deliberate release (testing) of strains on civilian populations, and for the matter, a history of testing such weapons on U.S. Citizens going back more than 100 years. The Defensive Field Guide has pages of such testing listed, and my book set Fatal Rebirth takes a very close look at bio-weapons development and use, though recent investigations reveal that the scary picture emerging on those pages is merely the tip of the iceberg. Those who already know the NWO for what it is know all about the concept of Eugenics and deliberate population reduction with soft and hard kill technologies. How else do you expect them to get us down to 500 million population?

So when I ran across a very simple and innocent blog article by staff writer Skyler Frink in Military & Aerospace Electronics questioning what is ‘the best defense’  strategy for the military, I felt I had to weigh in. They were kind enough to allow me to post a comment to their blog pages (uncensored) with my own viewpoints. I wrote with admitted restraint, citing concerns about the Revolution in Military Affairs (RMA). Since I cannot reproduce their blog here without permissions, I suggest you take a few moments to read it on their site, and my gentler response. Three minutes total read to compare what the rank and file within the military-industrial complex itself presumes to describe our Military’s role and best defense as opposed to the picture painted, here. Then you may continue reading here what I wish I could have said there, but which would have been inappropriate and unwelcome to the point of likely rejection.

military thinking

The Revolution in Military Affairs

RMA was a concept very logical in its basis and would have simply addressed a viable need in a reasonable way, except for one thing. Those responsible for its evolution and results included NWO shills (I’m being polite). Just one example would be the avowed Satanist and U.S. Army Lt. Col. Michael Aquino. Aquino holds a Doctorate Political Science and founded the Temple of Set, a splinter group of the Church of Satan, all of which are organized (like many cults) along Masonic models such that they have a public side (relatively prim and proper, even for Satanic public relations) and a darker, secretive NWO cabal side.

Aquino has been involved in everything from a psychological warfare support role in  Operation Phoenix, the Army/CIA mass civilian assassination program in Vietnam said to have claimed as many as 40,000 persons, to mind control projects there and here in the U.S., to child molestation cases involving the military (see note), and more, including a project to ‘unify all religions’ into a single religion suitable for political control (think THX-1138, where you ‘confess your sins’ to the government’s priest). The devilish (literally) concept and early stage development to combine religions were undertaken at the military occupied Presidio, and continues even today as being associated with the Presidio — which is where Aquino’s child molestation cases came to make news which some say threatened to expose a pedophile ring within the Pentagon itself.

Note: As detailed in depth in my book MC Realities, ritual sexual and Satanic abuse of young children is part and parcel of building Manchurian Candidate-style sleeper agents and super soldiers (Delta). CIA, DOD, and many other organizations have employed this method for centuries and is the one central core technology which enables the tracking of the history of mind control back through time all the way to the Crusades and the Knights Templar, which evolved to hide within the Masons stone worker’s guild, and eventually took it over to become Free Masonry. It is from within that body whence came the Illuminati, the originators of the NWO movement to seat the Antichrist in an extremely long-term game plan which still unfolds today. What DOD has also learned it seems, as also explored in the book, is that it is possible to use fake alien abductions to do the same job with adults.

With top Pentagon clearance Aquino has been described as instrumental in guiding RMA. His power was so considerable (some say he is actually now a General, though retired) and remains in force such that you will not even find an entry for him at Wikpedia, but rather, only an entry for the Temple of Set. There was an entry, but it was removed and is the stuff of conspiracies. Thus his role in RMA must surely have been considerable, and no doubt there were others along side him of like ilk who’s names are unknown to us. Charges are that the military is rife with Satanism and NWO mentality, and based on the outcome of RMA, I must conclude it likely so:

Paramaters, the U.S. Army War College publication some years ago had a short piece on RMA which has since gone into the black hole. It was, however, reproduced in part in The Spotlight Newspaper in Washington D.C., itself also since gone into the black hole. The article cited Parameters description of just one small aspect of RMA which should be of utmost concern to us here: the definition of the kinds of wars the military should expect to face in the near future (NEAR future). One of these was termed as The People’s War. Another related term was Politico-Military Force Matrix. These and dozens of inter-related RMA terms are including among the hundreds of PCT terms found in the Defensive Field Guide. But these two we need to look at, here and now.

military thinking

21st Century Politico-Military Force Matrix

Nonlethal technology (all of which can kill, and has), when coupled with traditional forms of lethal weaponry and general tactical options available to government, the military, and law enforcement, allow for the application of short-term incapacitation, long-term incapacitation, and deadly force against the physical and mental perceptual attributes of human targets as well as the hardware and software attributes of machine targets. The overall collective of advanced types of weapons and psychological mind control methods form an array which can be expressed in a matrix which defines Political and Military options. He who best utilizes the matrix, or has more options within the matrix, wins.

This has been published by the USAF Institute for National Security Studies, and has been well applied in recent Middle East wars and continues during the occupations.  The oil and opium must flow (with apologies to Dune author, Frank Herbert and his phrase, “The Spice must flow,” which justified the Emperor’s  launching a war intent on planet-wide genocide.) Fiction becomes reality, it seems.

It also portends the Military Police State, as these same matrix elements are viewed as key to retaining power and control of a nation. Its all about PCT, which is where this article started. But the few articles available on the Web regarding the finite details of the Matrix seem to have gone the way of the black hole, too. We do have one military look at it which carefully avoids (perhaps because of not being aware of those aspects) such references. Yet it frames the concept nicely.

military thinking

The People’s War

It was defined by RMA (and is cited in Fatal Rebirth and The Defensive Field Guide) essentially as an EXPECTED conflict with  “Constitutionalists, militia, ex-military, patriots, survivalist, and the poor and politically disenfranchised.” In short, the 99%. Add to this quote the factual existence and use of a ‘Shoot Americans Questionnaire‘ given to select military units to see if they would: fire on U.S. Citizens who refused to turn over their guns; obey a United Nations Commander; and supplant Police services (and other NWO useful questions). The entire questionnaire and analysis of answers provided by troops is in The Defensive Field Guide, as well. None of these things are Constitutional, legal, or moral options, though various Presidential Executive Orders and military edicts have pre staged to allow for them (another blog post in works will address this and become linked – subscribe to my blog posts to be informed automatically).

Add also that Dick Cheney authorized the DOD to establish a special group to kidnap and assassinate American Citizens, or enter their homes covertly (for any dark purpose including theft or sabotage, vandalism or arson).  The story broke in the Toronto Sun who has seen fit for some reason to vanish the article, which is reproduced here.  In similar vein, of course, the White House (despite Obama election campaign promises) and DOD have deemed to allow torture and detainment of suspects without due process or trial, though we ‘politely’ ship our prisoners elsewhere for torture so we can have clean hands. How neat and tidy, and we even give it a pretty sounding name, rendition. For all these reasons and more, I ask in Fatal Rebirth…

“Do you, as an American citizen, care that the military thinks gun seizure a likely enough future mission to ask this question of troops? If a member of the economic underclass, do you think your conditions will be improving in the near future if the military thinks taking away guns will become their job? Why should the military be allowed to think this way and still hold the power of arms, themselves? Perhaps the only proper gun control is to take them away from a military run amuck that it might target citizens. If this is our national defense force at work, does it not ring of fascism?”

military thinking

The Best Defense?

Thus the way I might have preferred to end my piece at M&AE would have been to suggest that the best defense is the total rework of the Military chain of Command to include sweeping out the trash and putting better controls into place. I’m not even so sure that the Pentagon shouldn’t be leveled to the ground and replaced with the pre WWII system of Command. I’ll admit that I’m not enough the expert to make that call, but by God, if I were President, I’d get some advice on it right away… unless of course, I happened to be just another standard issue NWO Cabal member President, myself. Hmmm…

But the way I answered the article was suitable to the need, and important enough to repeat here, given that one of the highest ranking soldiers in the Land has already publicly stated that nationwide Martial Law is expected soon. US Army General Tommy Franks, who led the coalition invasion of Iraq to oust Saddam Hussein, and who commanded the siege and mass murder at Waco as well as the burial of the evidence with bulldozers…  described in an interview for Cigar Aficionado that the results of another attack by terrorists with weapons of mass destruction would result in our Constitutional form of government being replaced by a Military government. We also know that the new Constitution for such an event has already been written. The Constitution of the NewStates of America, with analysis suggesting surprise America is not spelled with a ‘k,’ is also reproduced in Fatal Rebirth. Don’t cry for us, Argentina!

So I repeat from my response to M&AE: Since we cannot rely on absolute power to police itself, the best defense in my opinion as student of military thinking is, perhaps, improved observation and control of the planners. Actually, I would prefer a means of divorcing centralized control of National Guard in any such action and instead allowing State’s Governors to be the sole local commanders. And no, I don’t trust FEMA in that role given their less-than-zero-performance track record.

In more direct terms, the only way to insure defense against domestic enemies, in my opinion, is to declare the Pentagon a potential enemy and allow the State Militias (the National Guards and even the citizen militia groups under volunteer command of the Guard) to be responsible for any such Martial Law. That would PREVENT and refuse subservience to any Military government, even to the point of succession from the Union pending reformation of the nation under the Constitution. Tommy Franks, Dick Cheney, Aquino, and a long list of others could then be put on trial for treason, murder, etc.

But that’s in that perfect World that we don’t live in, at least not yet.

Related articles

• The Best Defense is… (Military & Aerospace Electronics)
• Now Even MAINSTREAM MEDIA Is QUESTIONING HAARP’S TRUE PURPOSE: SEE FOR YOURSELF! (thetruthabout1111.wordpress.com)
• Former CIA Black Ops member confesses NWO plan (newsworldwide.wordpress.com)
• Is The Church In America Prepared For Red Alert / Martial Law?? (zionistoutrage.com)

On Anonymous, Anonymous Methods, and Anonymous Targets

On Anonymous,

Anonymous Methods,

and Anonymous Targets

by H. Michael Sweeney,

 

copyright © 2011, ProparanoidPress, all rights reserved

permissions to reproduce by request to pppbooks at comcast (net)

 

V is for Vendetta

Dateline Portland, OR Sept 26, 2011

V is for Vendetta

“We are Anonymous; V is for Vendetta”

Anonymous, the hacker group, should perhaps be both feared and revered, depending on… POV

V is for Vendetta

Introduction… Who is Anonymous?

A shadowy freedom fighter using terrorist/assassin methods known only as ‘V‘ was originally the concept and character of DC Comics, in a comic book series which lasted for only ten issues in March of ’82 through May of ’89. Called V for Vendetta, it was written by Alan Moore and relied on the wonderful artwork of David Lloyd. V, as a character, described himself as Anonymous (the 1st, if you will). A viral hacker group has hence adopted the name, the mask and other graphical elements of the character, and elements of V’s tactical modus operandi (vendetta, for one) for their own use. And they seem all powerful thereby.

Not just the hacker group, Anonymous, but a much greater group of seeming millions of would-be revolutionaries (I include myself, of late) seeking to right things wrong with the World and its ‘System,’ who in all likelihood are at least sympathetic with the goals of the hackers, if not their methods. Anonymous is, after all, a symbol, an idea, and not merely a fictional character, or even a hacker group. It is something which has taken on its own living persona as a collective of human expression as much as any idealistic movement in history, intangible and shapeless, and yet indelible and impacting. In the sixties, it was the Peace Symbol and a raised pair of fingers to form a ‘V’ behind which we rallied. Today, it is a mask and a V within a circle, arguably, the circle of the peace symbol as it reflects the non violence philosophy embraced by Anonymous.

Certainly,  a typical person is quite enamored with the romantic image of rogue defiance of injustice, a popular theme in art and life. But we many who take up the mask have no direct affiliation with Anonymous beyond such visages and ideals… have no such power or ability to take direct action against the system as hackers… and most lack the desire to risk the kind of bravado exhibited by Anonymous, and shrink at the notion of criminality required. The later determinations are highly personal, of course, and undoubtedly vary person to person, but we all share the dream with the hackers, all share the visual trappings. Thus we all may rightly claim, “We are legion. We are Anonymous.” It is a kind of Political statement, a slogan behind which to rally and taunt the enemy called the New World Order.

An unstated but important message to the System is, however, that this could change at any time. Should the system wax even more repressive or make one false move, it could easily find that the greater army of mask wearers would unite and act in ways resulting in an actual revolution of the kind which replaces governments. Such an army could grow manifold overnight, like a flash flood, in fact, because for everyone willing to adopt the Mask, there are likely 10 or even 100 who teeter on the edge of doing so, and even more who like the idea but simply think it is not appropriate for them at the time. All can change in an instant depending on the stimuli. The System should rightly fear and respect that possibility, and behave accordingly, and not transgress. That is the great logic and genius at work within the idea of Anonymous.

V is for Vendetta

Hollywood screenplay and distant history drive the movement

V (Hugo Weaving) confronts the Dictator (John Hurt)

In 2006, a screen adaptation by Warner Bros was produced which has become a cult classic. As such, it became a kind of springboard for the ideas which led to the Hacker group and those who share their goals. The film is revered and promoted almost as if a recruitment tool by those fed up with the New World Order, Fascism, and corruption in government and corporate machines. There are several places where one can watch the movie on line if they do not mind endless popups and commercial interruptions. I refuse to recommend a specific site for this reason. Go buy or rent the film, it is well worth it. In the watching you will learn truths about America and much of the World which you may have overlooked if not yet awaken to the fact that you have been lied to consistently by media and government for decades. It can be a Sheeple eye opener.

The film reveals these things despite a setting in a future Great Britain, a nation by then an outright Police State. Interestingly, one bit of dialog sounds very much like a reverse of the Boston Tea Party in description, where goods from the U.S. are to be dumped into the London Harbor, and the American government is decried as corrupt and overbearing as was the King of England in 1776. The screenplay, by the way, was written by Larry and Andy Wachowski, better known for their stunning work in The Matrix series, which is perhaps why some popular Web depictions of V or related graphics such as the mask sometimes bear an uncanny ‘green’ resemblance to the tumbling Matrix symbols so frequently seen in those films.

V must wear a mask because of disfigurement, not unlike the Phantom of the Opera. And in many respects he is a bit superhuman because of non consensual genetic manipulations on prisoners by a foul government experiment gone terribly wrong. There is also a hint of his being mentally unhinged to a ‘useful degree’ as well, especially a fixation upon a particular date and a poetic line repeated in the film: “Remember, remember, the fifth of November, the gunpowder treason and plot. I know of no reason why the gunpowder treason should ever be forgot.” This is in turn based on a real historical plot on Nov. 5, 1605, to kill King James I and the full House of Parliament by blowing up the Bailey, a building of Parliament. It was called the gunpowder rebellion.

It was a foiled plot, undertaken by a lone revolutionary named Guy Fawkes, hoping to spark followers by his act. Like V, Fawkes was imprisoned and tortured, but unlike V, eventually executed. Actually, the plot was Jesuit orchestrated and tied to the fact that the government of England was at the time Protestant, and Queen Elizabeth I had been excommunicated, along with the rest of England’s non Catholics. This may be more than we need to know, but it is fascinating background, more so because V himself suffered horrifically on the same date (we know not exactly the future year), at which time he also manages to escape and be reborn as Anonymous. He then sets about establishing revenge for both himself and for Guy Fawkes… starting with blowing up the Bailey on the next available Nov. 5th he can manage.

This is followed by a subsequent invitation for the Sheeple to join with him on that same date one year hence — if they approve of and appreciate his efforts on their behalf. His efforts include much education on the lies and sins of their Fearless Leader, not to mention a lot of assassinations. As it happens, Anonymous is following a similar course of action, sans violence, as we shall see.

V is for Vendetta

Come now the NWO, and a real World version of V

The World depicted in the movie would seem to have come to pass in many respects in just four or five years since the film’s release. Some very specific events in the film are especially haunting to anyone who is fully informed on the criminal actions of the New World Order. No wonder then, perhaps, that someone should get the idea to reincarnate V in principle, theory,  and in fact.

That would be, of course,  the hacker group, which while rather small, appears to be globally based. Being a hacker is not conducive to making lots of friends and freely sharing risky ideas, especially when any use of such ideas means direct head-to-head confrontation with vast armies of sophisticated enemies — enemies who work tirelessly 24/7 and have an endless  budget (e.g., government intelligence agencies). But the ideals expressed by V and Anonymous have indeed additionally infected millions of savvy Web users who have, for one reason or another, elected to employ the mask or some other symbol of V as their iconic avatar in various social media groups such as Facebook. Millions more take the mask into the street as political statement at protests, and thereby thwart FBI and Police cameras pending some abusive act to remove the mask by force.

They are everywhere, and even I am one who has elected such graphical trappings. It is not illegal, though repressive minds may move to make it so in their fear of an idea.

V is for Vendetta

A terrorist group with a Public Relations effort

One feels empowered by the Mask... it's own statement

Knowing the value of spreading the word, Anonymous seems fond of issuing videos to promote themselves. Like bin Laden videos, there are undoubtedly fakes claiming to be the real deal. But there are YouTube vids which promote and explain Anonymous which certainly seem to be created by them much in the same way as V employed himself in the film to educate the public and attempt to rally the people in support. Such works are compelling and intriguing, if not disturbing to watch. Out of fear the government or YouTube itself may eventually pull the works, I herewith outline one of the more key videos, detailing their hacking activities along the way:

V is for Vendetta

• It starts with a quotes from V “Each of us has our own path,” and adds “but we share the same goal: a Free Humanity.”
• A series of newscasts detail its hacking victories in Vendetta for government’s assault on WikiLeaks
• Hacks crashing VISA and MasterCard financial services in Vendetta for suspending WikiLeaks accounts
• Hacks of 51 government sites in Malaysia overnight in Vendetta for Internet censorship
• Hacks of HB Gary, a Federally contracted Web security firm in Vendetta for boasting it would catch Anonymous
• Hack of HB Gary posted thousands of confidential emails and forced resignation of their CEO
• Hacks of government Web sites in Egypt, Libya, and Tunisia during unrest there, literally powering the revolution
• Public statement “We are Anonymous. We are Legion, We do not forgive, We do not forget. Expect us.”
• They threaten attacks in Vendetta for mistreatment of Bradley Manning (WikiLeaks source of DOD documents)
• A news commentary describing Anonymous as ‘a new way to fight back… direct peaceful resistance.’
• Quotes from John Kennedy regarding undue intrusion by government into privacy and censorship
• A statement purpose for non violent restoration of the rule of law and fight the organized criminal class
• A PBS interview describing Anonymous methods as highly democratic in deciding what targets to hit, and why
• A quote from Sun Tzu’s Art of War, “Supreme excellence consists in breaking the enemy’s resistance without fighting.”
• A long list of Cabalistic NWO entities and projects (e.g., HAARP, Controlled Media, Globalist Groups) as enemy
• A Russian TV news clip warning all that governments can do to stop them is shut down the Internet
• … and the advice that when that happens, the people will rise up to shut down the government
• Closing quotes, “The resistance has begun,” and an introduction of a plan similar to V’s own…

V is for Vendetta

A Plan is hatched and you’re invited to play a role

That you in the back? No, its me. No, its the real Anonymous!

That year began June 15th and features it’s own Web site (whatistheplan.forumotion.com) where all who wish to participate may do so more actively as an actual member of, presumably, Anonymous. Going there, you are redirected (http://www.whatis-theplan.org/). Though considered an expert in privacy/security, I do not claim to be an expert in Web security. Yet I do know the redirect does not appear to offer anonymity and thus joining as invited may not be wise without additional precautions.

There are ways to visit ‘anonymously,’ such as afforded by first going to (natch) an anonymous surfing resource such as (natch) anonymous.org. Once using their free service, your Web activities cannot be tracked by the activities themselves. You can then only be tracked by having already been put under a full surveillance net. But the site clearly states that hacking and other illegal activities are not to be discussed, and thus one might be moved to presume that as long as they merely put about and keep their nose clean, they could care less that Big Brother is watching. Yet, under the Patriot Act, one cannot depend on government failing to define the act of registering at this site as ‘supporting terrorists’ in some way. Fascists love to persecute the soft targets of the unsuspecting as form of building their personal power within the system.

Else why would they murder poor Troy Davis? This one matter, alone, would drive me to consider being an Anonymous hacker, had I the skills. That is the power of a Martyr, it moves people to act and becomes its own backlash.

Regardless of the dangers in open surfing, I will myself join and report further as my opinion is molded by the experience. I’ve done battle with the FBI and the other agencies already, and I suspect they will not wish to target me further for reasons not useful to this article, though such detail might enamor the reader to me and result in more book sales. Relax — I’ll not abuse the reader thus.

Anonymous advises: “It is time we start becoming our own legends… If you feel something inside you pushing you toward acting on the plan… (join us.)” They describe a three phase plan. Phase II starts five months (November), they say, but neither it nor phase III are described.  CBS is reporting they plan to shut Facebook down on Guy Fowkes day, as it is known in England (I would be happy to endure such an attack if it resulted in Facebook decoupling itself from the intelligence community — see my post on FascistBook) as described in a related article listed at page bottom, here.

Anonymous continues in exactly the strategic manner of V; “So if you see nothing, if the crimes of governments remain unknown to you, then we would suggest you allow this year to pass unmarked. But if you see what we see and you feel as we feel, and you would seek as we seek, then you too, are Anonymous. Stand beside us this year as we execute the plan, and together we shall give them a year which shall never be forgot. We are anonymous, united as one, divided by zero.”

If finally ends with one of the closing lines of the film, “Beneath this Mask… there is no flesh. Beneath this Mask is… an idea,” for which the punch line is, to underscore, “...and ideas are bullet proof.”  That is true. You can kill a man for expressing an idea, but having had listeners, the idea lingers on long after his passing. Indeed, it is amplified in his martyrdom. That is one reason the Pen of Truth is mightier than the Sword of Lies. And when the one wielding the Pen is Anonymous, the Sword has nowhere to swing usefully, and it instead lashes forth in recklessly to cause collateral damage, and making martyrs of all in its path.

That speeds its undoing, for at noting the carnage, those nearby take warning, and consider the idea with more interest and, almost always, adopt it, and being quickly educated to the truth, and seeking to overpower the sword’s obvious evil. That is what Anonymous seeks to do. Unite us behind one idea… the idea that the day of tyrants and thieves in government is over. The New World Order is self-rendered as obsolete by their own greed, wanton murder, and their lashing out. They will extinguish themselves with just a little Anonymous help.

Are you that help?

V is for Vendetta

Target rich environment

I’d hate to be Anonymous and faced with trying to set priorities among all the possible deserving targets guilty of tyranny. They already have their own list of course, and I find it interesting (and appropriate) that amongst their list is the quasi-religious cult, Scientology, which has been linked to CIA and mind control projects in my research. But the problem of choosing targets as faced by a hacker group is just as huge for any legal form of targeting by activism, protest, or media efforts. My book, The Professional Paranoid Defensive Field Guide  list over 1,000 CIA fronts, half of which have engaged in illegal mind control projects or other criminal enterprise, such as drug smuggling, illegal weapons sales, etc. It also has page after page listing illegal non consensual bioweapon and similar experiments on unwitting Americans, some not terribly dissimilar from those inflicted upon V as Guinea Pig.

My book set Fatal Rebirth details the truth behind decades of dark news events which dot the American historical landscape from 1947 forward, to include Sept. 11, which it predicted. I’ve personally gone head-to-head with a lot of these people and might reasonably and rightly claim I owe a Vendetta, for the personal cost has been high. But it is not about me. It is about the crimes against countless others, and whole nations, races, and classes of people. Why? Because the NWO is at its heart Satanic and thus hates all who have faith. Because the NWO is at its heart racist and hates non whites. Because the NWO at its heart is greed driven and hates any competition for ownership of each existent dollar.  Because the NWO is at its heart fascist and hates freedom. Because the NWO hates Free WIll and life itself, and seeks death for all who have it.

As consultant to countless victims of electronic weapons of Political Control Technology and organized stalking, I’ve encountered groups, organizations, and agencies deserving of targeting for the grievous suffering they have caused thousands. They have relentlessly destroyed individual lives with nightmares well beyond anything ever depicted in any documentary or commercial film, and which defy mere verbal description. As investigative writer, even more such criminal power brokers have been discovered. And, of course, there are the major criminal events of our time; false flag operations, fraudulent financial debacles and bail outs, behind the scenes deals. These events are exposed endlessly, and yet they continue on and on and on.  Not all these people and groups can be touched in a direct way by Anonymous hacking, but they can be touched by you and me by our activism. Anonymous proposes that such activism is empowered by the use of their Mask and name. Thus far, I tend to agree.

In Fatal Rebirth I offer my own advice which, I suppose, could easily be adapted by an Anonymous group. It talks about who the enemy is, what the rules of engagement should be with a focus on nonviolent opportunities as well as what they should be in any eventual armed confrontation (revolution) forced by the other side. I would hope that it would deter at least one person for making a tragic mistake which results in loss of life. Other elements of my advice may serve to be a kind of challenge to Anonymous: the creation of an easy to use and spread… and quite ultimate encryption tool to allow completely safe Web communications without fear of prying government eyes even being aware of encryption. The basic design construct is laid out, and awaits only one talented person to create and distribute it. But of course, such is already illegal under Dracos law.

There is even advice in The Professional Paranoid on how to react when dealing with arrest and detention, interrogation, etc.

V is for Vendetta

Being Anonymous is not child’s play

Arrested at Anonymous Protest

So one should not casually join or support anonymous unless confident they may actually do so Anonymously or otherwise have in place some useful level of immunity from investigative reprisals. And there is one other thing: one must ask if a given Anonymous contact, either from the hacker group or the greater public body of mask wearers is the real deal, or if they are a government operative seeking entrapment.

Half the people in jail for ‘terrorism’ would never have considered doing anything criminal except for being duped into it, or worse, framed by agent provocateurs pretending to be terrorists themselves. You can earn $100,000 cash setting someone up for arrest, so entrapment  has become ‘big business‘ among the low lifes so employed. You can bet governments will freely use such methods to trap actual hackers through their less savvy supporters, even if they have to threaten or actually prosecute innocents along the way. So if you are going to be Anonymous, don’t forget your mask, and don’t tell anyone you have it.

Me? I’ve already gone on record as having a mask (albeit mere artwork at the moment). So the FBI, CIA, DIA, NSA, HSA, and any other initial set may freely seek me out if they wish. Just know that my insurance policies still remain in place, and that there will be Vendetta of another sort should their hand (sword) be too heavily applied. They’ve already targeted me both intensively and randomly over the decades, sometimes devastatingly. But that was before I got the goods on some of their matters. Since then we’ve coexisted fairly peacefully in the same cyberspace.  I don’t mind that they are in the woodwork, and they don’t mind that I talk about them. The Mask shouldn’t change things that much. Having dared to write this, I guess we will soon enough see.

Yet there is also safety in numbers. They can start lists of people who visit a Web site and register. They can make lists of people on the Internet to use Anonymous symbology and phraseology. They can make all the lists they wish, and add to them as many names as they wish, and what I wish, is that they do so, endlessly. Because the more names there are on the lists, and the more lists they have, the more meaningless and useless they become. We outnumber them millions to one. No matter how big their budgets, they cannot target us all for investigation and surveillance, much less arrest, prosecute, and jail us. And to attempt any of it detracts from their resources and abilities to go after Anonymous, the hackers. Thus there is only one possible way to logically end this article:

We are legion. Expect us.

V is for Vendetta

YouTube Vids of interest

• What We Are Capable OF – This is Anonymous!
• Message from Anonymous: FBI Arrests
• Anonymous vs FBI, Anonymous Wins (Russian TV)
• Scientology is Afraid of Anonymous
• Scientologists handing out fake Anonymous flyers
• How to Join Anonymous (not)

Related articles

• Anonymous to take down Facebook on Guy Fawkes Day, who is Guy Fawkes? (cbsnews.com)
• How Time Warner Profits from the ‘Anonymous’ Hackers (newsfeed.time.com)
• FBI Arrests LulzSec and Anonymous Hackers (it.slashdot.org)
• ‘Anonymous’ hackers target BART, Fullerton police (latimesblogs.latimes.com)

33 Axioms of Fascism, Part III

by H. Michael Sweeney,

copyright © 2011, ProparanoidPress, all rights reserved

permissions to reproduce available on request to pppbooks at comcast (net)

Read the Introduction (part I), here.

Fascists have a pecking order. Meet #1 from WWII

Read part II (Axioms as to the General Nature), here.

fascism

fascismFascism

Fascism is not a body Politik…

it is a perverted notion of greed.

Fascism is not an openly Socialist agenda…

it is socialist to foster a covert agenda.

Fascism is not a way to run a nation as a state…

it is a way to ruin a nation by making it a corporate state.

Fascism

The 33 Axioms:

As to the Power Elite:

Mussolini was #2, despite his hat. He and his wife were stoned to death by citizens AND Police for their oppression

13) Recruitment to the inner sanctum of high power is according to simple rules. 

The inductee will generally be: a) from one of the select old-money families; b) cultivated and tested in the educational system for right thinking; c) proven as follower and leader true to the cause prior to anointing with higher power; d) a member of one or more secret organizations; e) most likely, a Satanist or practitioner of the occult, but seldom a Christian except in masquerade. If you happen to be a General, so much the better.

Hitler’s secret society was the Thule Society, thought to be the arc-type and ‘sister’ to Skull and Bones, and he was obsessed with the Occult. Mussolini actually hated secret societies and passed laws against them, though the Mafia flourished against his efforts, as did the Knights of Malta, and the Masonic Lodges. When Italy fell to the Ally invasion, he was arrested and held in a secret location, in part, to keep the Germans and Italian loyalists from rescuing him. His rescuers used magical Occult methods to locate him, only to find he had been relocated. Eventually, as the photo (right) gruesomely attests, he was released to the angry mobs. Under Franco, the secretive Opus Dei (propelled into fame by The DaVinci Code) flourished, and though Franco was key in the Spanish Revolution against atrocities against Church leaders, there seem to be no concrete ties to Franco, per se, though he put a lot of their members into government posts. Franco dabbled in Occult ‘magic,’ even using it to determine the fate of his people, one such effort costing 2oo,000 lives to starvation.

14) Fascism will gladly offer multiple candidate choices to the people in elections to at least simulate political freedom of choice.

Each candidate is one of their own in disguise, almost always, baring unforseen roadblocks. Thus policy of secret government can advance regardless of outcome, it is just a matter of who enjoys holding the reigns and taking the glory (or blame). All are disposable, or recycled to other positions of power. The more debate and controversy which can be managed on unimportant issues (with respect to true goals) the more the people are divided for easy control, and the more they feel they have an impact, false though the assumption be. Political Parties are organizational tools for individuals in the process, and in the end have little functional power in terms of final impact to the things they profess to seek.

Personal note: How many Presidents have advanced more than one of the causes for which the people voted them into office? How many woes which they promised to address were actually retained or made worse as result? How many Presidents have left the country in better shape, and the citizens happier, when they left office? Have the corporations and the war machine gotten bigger under their helm, or smaller? Did the rich get richer by their actions, and at the expense of everyone else, or did we get the shaft, again? Have freedoms grown or been reduced on their watch? Has life grown closer to or gone away from a Police State by their hand? How many hands will it take you to count them? My guess is part of one, at best.

One last question. Why do still you buy into it?

15) Fascists will cull the unworthy from the ranks of the wealthy, seeking to discover and destroy by any means those who do not support the fascist view.

Their corporations, wealth, power and their heirs will be taken (Dupont, Hughes come to mind, Kennedys a work in progress) away by manipulations of government, machinations of corporations, and manipulation of public opinion via media. Assassinations, accidents, and other crimes are on the table. You will read more on this in the next Axiom.

16) Laws and regulations need not apply equally, but may be reserved for targeting the the unworthy or enemies of the cause, and benefiting the Elite.

Victims will never understand what hit them, nor will they easily escape the series of traps set for them. Hughes TWA Airlines was targeted with anti-trust and cries of unpatriotic profiteering when in point of fact Pan Am was the more powerful monopoly, but Pan Am Airway’s Juan Trippe was ‘in’ with powerful allies in Congress and Hughes was not. Stripped of his industries, he waxed toward insanity as CIA made off with the Hughes Medical Institute, Hughes Tools (later become Enron – yes, a CIA fraud, and so now you know where the money went, made clear on Sept. 11), Hughes Electronics (source of bioimplant tracking devices – Digital Angel), which also spun off Hughes Satellites (which track people via Digital Angel),  Hughes Aircraft and his Spruce Goose, as well as parts of  TWA (CIA’s Evergreen Aviation, et. al), and Hughes Marine (ship building) and their Glomar Explorer, a CIA spy ship with deep sea research capabilities used to steal sunken Soviet nukes (that’s my finding). All these resources covertly work in tandem to advance NWO agenda more than any legitimate use for National Security. All this and more is detailed in my book set, Fatal Rebirth.

Note: I lecture on the class of technology which is Digital Angel. CIA does not appreciate what I say about the many CIA fronts involved in this project. Unfortunately, the video (link) does not contain my full lecture on topic, but it will still scare you.

 fascism

As for the Middle Class:

Franco (Spain) #3. Lived long despite endless assassination plots

17) The middle class bears the burden of providing the bulk of fascism’s cash flow,  through consumerism, credit extension, and taxes

All commerce must cater to, advertise to, and sell to their needs, providing them with any frivolous reason as to why they have such a need. They should ideally go into debt at every turn, for debt is control, and a weapon to corral the errant. Product should have a short shelf life and need upgrades, repair, or replacement. Repair and replacement parts should ideally cost more than buying a new one. (ergo, Ink costs more than the printer). warranties should sound great but have many loopholes, or poor enforcement mechanism, and place the burden on the Dealer to rectify. Everything should have a tax, even one’s death. Thus they may be promoted and should be stolen away that they may spend their wages back with the corporations, less taxes, of course. Being stolen, they will create the same benefits for the corporations by ‘their loss’ as described in Axiom 24, regarding the Lower Class.

18) The principal means of control of the middle class is a manipulated media, (disinformation or mind control) – advertising, news, and entertainment

There should be as few owners as possible of mainstream media outlets. Where possible the military or intelligence communities should be involved in one way or another (when Flight 800 was shot down by a Navy missile during a War Game, all three major networks were owned by military contractors who had contracts with the Navy for missile components – and CIA has regularly maintained an army of thousands of agents in the employ of U.S. media, and even established their own news agency, Reuters).

19) The middle class may be encouraged and allowed to ascend the ladder towards the Elite only as long as there are numerous mechanisms in place which to stop the bulk of such efforts

A few may illustrate usefulness to the cause and may be allowed to ascend undaunted. All others will suffer organized destruction when the opportunity for looting their wealth is at zenith. The test as to if one might be allowed to continue or not is in the form of being approached for recruitment to an organization useful to the cause. It may be, for example, membership in the Council on Foreign Relations. There, they can be tested constantly for ‘right thinking,’ and better manipulated into position for a fall should that be the final decision.

Personal note: This was exactly what happened to me (here I go with sour grapes). I opened a computer store in 1978 at a time when experts were saying you needed a minimum of $100,000 to succeed. I had $10,000. I not only succeeded, but opened two more stores on internal cash flow alone in as many years, never once borrowing money from a bank. I catered million dollar deals selling the lowly Apple II, and lunched with Jobs and Gates once at the same time. So someone from the CFR approached me and gave me a general pitch on their Globalist agenda (a sanitized version, but clearly NWO in tone), and invited me to join, SPECIFICALLY stating that it would be ‘good for business.’  I declined.

Within six months I had lost two million dollar deals to blind siding, and a series of setbacks seemed to be engineered by the same handful of people whom I had before been able to trust. Even my employees were concerned that our phones seemed tapped, and someone was regularly stealing product and our advertising external of the store. These things cascaded to the point where I was barely able to stay afloat. We managed, but in the end, the Shake Out period for the fledgling computer industry began, and I saw the handwriting on the wall, and shut down gracefully: I had had no more than two competitors for five years. That next phone book had over 100 new stores. I was right, within two years EVERY store in the area but mine went bankrupt. Me? I had liquidated my entire inventory at full retail and came out like a skunk, and lived on that money for about five years while trying to break into writing. Lucky for you, eh?

All that bad luck earlier was mere coincidences, I was sure…  but later I ran into a woman who gave me a very detailed story about a ‘secret CFR within CFR’ (shades of Three Days of the Condor and a secret CIA within CIA, as shown in my books to be true) which held corporate tribunals to decide what businesses succeeded and failed, and operated hit squads who used dirty tricks and intelligence community assets to arrange the desired outcomes. Of course, Members had to pay huge fees off the books to fund such dealings. I did not believe her, until she showed me a bag of checks she collected every Month. She was a courier for same.

fascism

As to the lower class:

Note: for the sake of dialog, the Poor, or Under Class are one and the same as the Lower Class. Indeed, the later will become the former in time, but they will be considered and dealt with in like manner regardless of their status, except that the underclass tend to ‘drop off the radar’ in many respects, since no one wants to be confronted by their presence, and prefers to put them out of mind unless it be to blame them for society’s ills. That, as it happens, is a favorite Fascist ploy (blame the victim, blame someone incapable of fighting back, make them a scapegoat, rally all to your agenda thereby). Even the Lower Class will shun the poor given an opportunity. Seems like you have to be a ‘do gooder’ to break that mold, and who wants to go to all that trouble? Just a few people with strong Christian beliefs, and some other nuts.

20) Fascism is built on the ceaseless toil of the lower classes, who must be intimidated with repressive police-state powers

In Communism that meant working for beans and standing in line for your ration of beans, but the Party Boss got Steak. In Capitalism it means working for beans, paying taxes on the beans, and spending all you have on some beans, so the Big Boys can eat Steak. In either system and points in between, as the wealthy gain power and wealth (1% of the population now controls 90% of the wealth of the nation) , the Middle Class becomes Lower Class, and Lower Class becomes disgruntled. Well, there will be an Anser for that, too. That is NOT a typo – read on. A portion of Police and military should be recruited or trained for unthinking violence with psychopathic cruelty, but such should seldom be allowed promotion to high ranks, for they are merely a weapon of control through repression.

Ergo, riots and protests must be handled with a heavy hand: invent ‘non lethal weapons’ by the score, hire more police and build more jails, write repressive laws which make everyone guilty of something, and rely on naturally occurring Police brutality to make the point. Of course, the military is always there in backup and able to do their part (e.g., Kent State). This is why we have the Anser Institute, to invent Homeland Security two year before the Sept. 11 attacks, to help prepare the Patriot Act(s) so they will be ready for signing right away after the attacks, and to use the fear generated by the attacks to justify spending money on HUNDREDS of ‘non lethal weapons’ to ‘fight terrorism,’ which just happen to only be useful in crowd control against civilians. Circle complete.

21) The principal means of control of the lower classes is poverty, enforced by the legal system and Law Enforcement Agencies

Laws must at least seem fair most of the time, but the courts need not be. Everything must have a fine, a penalty, and a judgement too high to well bear. Despite what you are told, you are presumed guilty and all effort made to make it so, even if needing to lie or fabricate evidence, and though you are told otherwise when you hire your lawyer, you are urged to plead guilty as the least dangerous route when it comes time to go to court. Thus a fully informed jury is seldom seen though it is every man’s right (allows juries to find one guilty as charged but decide they should not be punished because the jurors identify with the reasons behind the act). So why do lawyers not advise their clients and request it? Thus the poor cower lest the law be levied against them. They dare not draw attention to themselves lest the little they have be eaten up by the courts.

22) The lower class is allowed to at least believe they may ascend to the middle class provided there are numerous mechanisms in place which will defeat them

A few may illustrate usefulness to the cause and may be allowed to ascend undaunted. All others will suffer organized destruction when the opportunity for looting their wealth is at zenith. The test as to if one might be allowed to continue or not is in the form of being approached for recruitment to an organization useful to the cause. It may be, for example, membership in the Council on Foreign Relations. There, they can be tested constantly for ‘right thinking,’ and better manipulated into position for a fall should that be the final decision. See my earlier personal comment.

to be continued…  Conclusion here.

Related articles

• Centralizing America Thru Corporate Banking Power: Remembering Benito Mussolini, Adolph Hitler (politicalvelcraft.org)
• Fascism Today in the US and Beyond (robertlindsay.wordpress.com)
• Survival of the ‘Lowering Class’ (via NCPrism’s Blog) (southwerk.wordpress.com)

Australia Carbon Tax 1st Step Toward One-World Monetary System

by H. Michael Sweeney,

copyright © 2011, ProparanoidPress, all rights reserved

permissions to reproduce available on request to pppbooks at comcast (net)

carbon tax

Translation: A one-World Government, no national sovereignty

carbon tax

Dateline Portland OR August 13, 2011

carbon tax

Australia finds itself Ground Zero in a new Globalist movement to usurp control of the World’s finances in what would be a de-facto shell for a one-World government. But that may be nothing compared to the greater threat if you follow the logic for which I’ve made the case in my books, MC Realities (on Political Control Technology) and Fatal Rebirth (history of the NWO from 1947 into the future in four volumes).  Since most of the key Globalists involved in the so-called ‘Round Table’ groups such as the Bilderbergers, The Club of Rome, and many of those in leadership roles of less secretive groups like the Council on Foreign Relations and the Trilateral Commission tend to be Satanists… you have to ask what is the number one motivation to have a one-World government? To seat the Antichrist, of course.

True or not, there is plenty to be upset about with a Carbon Monetary system all by itself, but first they need to get at least one Government to accept some form of it, and the easiest form is to structure a tax around it, which is what they are trying to do in Australia right now. They must think Aussies are uneducated or stupid or something, or perhaps the ratio of activists to jerk politicians is more favorable, but in any event, they have quite a fight on their hands because the folks down under are neither uneducated or stupid, and are mad as hell about the tax proposal. There are numerous groups springing up to fight it locally with TV ads and the like, and there are even Facebook groups like I Bet We Can Get 100,000 people to Say NO to the Carbon Tax, and others. My position is that, after reading this post, everyone anywhere in the World should be joining these groups to send a LOUD message to Globalists that we don’t want the tax, their money, their government, or their One-World Leader (666).

carbon tax

The Tax Facts: Carbon Tax Australia 2011

The Carbon Tax is simple enough as described at Wikpedia: an environmental tax levied on the carbon content of fuels (which are almost 100% carbon molecules in one form or another). So it sounds like just another gasoline tax, right?  But wait. They already have a gasoline tax. And a coal tax. Etc. So this is a new tax added on top of all that with a specific name to get us used to the idea of Carbon being associated with money, in this case, paying a tax. But further, Carbon Tax is regressive, which is to say it hits hardest the low income groups. What happens is that electricity prices increase because of coal-fired power plants. Airline fares increase because of jet fuel, and trains and trucking prices go up because of diesel fuel… all of which contain tons of carbon, and taxes are to be paid on that at every transfer of ownership from crude at the well to final combustion… and passed along to each successive party, ending with YOU.

But there is a problem too in the logic. The ‘idea’ is that the tax is supposed to help fight pollution and aid conservation and ecology concerns. Yet they choose to tax the content, not the output. Coal is far dirtier than any other fuel, for instance, and produces far more carbon-based greenhouse gases than say, gasoline, which produces far more than natural gas. But all are quite similar in content. So the tax on fuels used by people (coal and gasoline, diesel) either directly or indirectly in procurement of services, get taxed the same as those used by industry (coal), which is to say the industrialists get a break on pollution… and raise the price of goods sold to the consumers to offset what costs they do bear. The Man on Mulberry Street mowing his lawn can’t offset anything except his food budget to cover the increased cost of (everything else). The rich get richer and the poor get poorer (again) syndrome.

OK, so the top 1% already control 90% of the wealth. Why not just fork over the other ten percent and save all the trouble?

carbon tax

The Monetary System Facts:

The Tierra Fee and Dividend (TFD) Solution, SDG 2012 Network (Sustainable Development Governance 2012 Network)

Go to this link for a .pdf which is the official ‘selling presentation’ for the concept being promoted by (natch) The United Nations via The UN Conference on Sustainable Development in 2012 (UNCSD), also known as ‘Rio+20‘ and ‘Earth Summit 2012.’ You can’t tell your Globalist Agenda without a handy nickname, a code name, and a mouthful name. SDg 2012 Network is a ‘stakeholder’s forum’ for governments, companies, and globalists who stand to make a buck and/or gain some power by such means. If you scan the document you will find it is an international organisation intent on “reshaping (quote, parens added) Global Policy and Advocacy (sway politicians); Stakeholder Engagement (sway corporate participation); Media and Communications (sway publicity-propaganda); and Capacity Building (? more wealth?).”  The .pdf was prepared by Frans C. Verhagen, M.Div. M.I.A., Ph.D., a ‘Sustainability Sociologist at the International Institute of Monetary Transofmation (IIMT), a Globalist thinktank.

Go to this link to get their Web presentation including a video from Frans Verhagen for the Tierra Solution. Their goal (quote) is in part to “is to transform the international monetary system in order to achieve an equitable, sustainable, and, therefore, a stable monetary architecture, both internationally and nationally…”  They publicise The Tierra Solution as: “Monetary Transformation, Climate Change and Sustainable Development emphasizes the need for debt-free national and international monetary systems as a sine qua non for a carbon-based international monetary system that would combat the climate crisis and advance low carbon and climate-resilient development.”

Yet while wanting an international currency (based on carbon consumption/conservation), they dare to quote Abraham Lincoln from a Statement in the Senate on the virtues of a NATIONAL currency: “Money is the creature of law, and the creation of the original issue of money should be maintained as the exclusive monopoly of national government. Money possesses no value to the state other than that given to it by circulation…… The government should create issue and circulate all the currency and credit needed to satisfy the spending power of the government and the buying power of consumers. The privilege of creating and issuing money is not only the supreme prerogative of government, but it is the government’s greatest creative opportunity. Money will cease to be the master and become the servant of humanity. Democracy will rise superior to the money power.” Good advice, perhaps, except that the U.S. has already abrogated that right to the Federal Reserve, which is NOT the U.S. Government, but a privately held corporate bank protected by the government as if Holy Grail. They just don’t have to pay taxes like other banks. Neat trick, eh?

Who is Frans Verhagen and what are all those initials after his name?

He is an information (disinformation?) hit man for Globalist interests dressed in a suit woven of Doctorates, a New Yorker coming off as just off the boat from the Netherlands, for whom very little is actually known. Google all you want, everyone seems to use the same cut and paste biographic information, which is standard fare for manufactured personalities (but it can happen naturally with people who are not undercover operatives, too, of course).  He got his  M.Div (Masters Degree in Divinity) from Harvard Divinity School in 1974, but he was ‘working in Ghana in the sixties’ according to his bio, and we might thus presume it was as someone’s missionary. After this he schooled at Columbia University where he got his MIA (Masters in International [and public] Affairs).

But wait… that’s odd. Seems there are TWO different Frans Verhagens from the Netherlands claiming the MIA degree from Columbia at the same time. No matter. They assure me there were two different ones with differing middle initials. It’s merely coincidence that that is a common CIA trick to confound tracking manufactured identities. It is unfair of me to infer insidious intent. I’m OK with that, given the fairness of Global domination of all living souls for profit.

Who else supports a Carbon Monetary System?

The Carbon Currency Foundation, another Globalist cabalistic invention, who in their ‘Who we are’ link say absolutely nothing about who they are, list no names under contacts… but their legal offices are in Panama, and their corporate offices in the Amazons… in the middle of the deforestation industry, there. They must feel right at home, being so green oriented, and all.

Jullian Button, who writes treatises on topic for the Harvard Law Review, and who points out there are already like experiments under way: “…including theEuropean Union’s Emissions Trading System (EU ETS) and the United Kingdom’s Emissions Trading System (UK ETS) — mature, and new markets such as New Zealand’s Emissions Trading Scheme (NZ ETS), the Regional Greenhouse Gas Initiative (RGGI) and the Western Climate Initiative (WCI)”  Jullian Button just happens to be running around Australia as you read promoting the carbon tax with… The Eastern metropolitan Regional Council as they debate such things on behalf of their collective citizenry (who don’t appreciate it all that much). Pretty neat trick for what would seem to be an American lawyer suddenly practicing law in Australia just in time for Carbon Tax wars.

What does the Carbon Monetary System really have to do with The Green Agenda?

Thank me for asking. Try this on for size; an even harsher review by someone studying just exactly that. His findings parallel my own, but are in many ways even more disturbing, which means I can’t say it better, myself. So I won’t even try. Give it a read.

carbon tax

What can you do?

Sell everything you own and then find the richest person you can, like a Rothschilde, or something, and send them all the money. You won’t be able to use it any more, anyway, and they really do deserve to own it all, don’t they? After all, they are trying so hard and have been ever since 1776 when the Illuminati was founded, whereby their goal to take over the World and establish a one-World government ruled by the Antichrist would do so by a certain plan. Said plan just happened to include destabilizing national currencies and controlling nations by establishing and controlling new currencies of their own device. How fortunate they have finally figured out exactly how to do it. Give them a hand, folks, and bend over to best experience the thrill.

Or, it you prefer, make it clear to all concerned you do not (I think I’ve already said this) want the tax, their money, their government, or their One-World Leader (666). You may have to shout a bit.

Related articles

• Coalition on attack over carbon tax modelling (theage.com.au)
• PM still wants the carbon tax (news.theage.com.au)
• Australia plans to impose carbon tax (martinjquinn.com)

The 33 Axioms of Fascism, part II

From Decode The Matrix: breakthecipher.wordpress.com

by H. Michael Sweeney,

copyright © 2011, ProparanoidPress, all rights reserved

permissions to reproduce available on request to pppbooks at comcast (net)

Fascism

Read the Introduction (part I) here.

c

Fascism is not about Nazism…

which merely embraced it.

It is about the New World Order…

which invented it.

Thus the modern Fascist symbol is no longer the Swastika…

which must be concealed or disguised if used…

is now the Global spheres of corporate logos…

or Points of the Compass references…

which can be used openly as if code words.

∏

The 33 Axioms:

As to the general nature: 

1  Fascism is an expression of extreme capitalism, and as such, consumes massive resources in material, finances, and cheap labor, and an expression of extreme liberalism, in that it requires collectivism and socialism to control the have-nots.

Fascists do not believe in fiscal responsibilities, ecology, or humanity. They believe only in profits today, at any cost or expense to others. They shield themselves behind a Globalist Agenda pretending through shill Foundations and U.N. Charters to be ‘Economy Building,’ ‘Ghia Friendly,’ and ‘Third-World Enriching.’  These Code Words and many more like them veil the hidden manipulations within such ‘programs’ which actually work in the opposite direction in final analysis. One needs only review the actions of the World Bank to see examples.

2  Fascism most commonly favors or seeks world domination, its most perfect form being a One World Government

And what is a chief description of a One-World Government?  It has a single World Leader. What is such a person called historically?  The Antichrist. Is it any wonder then that Fascists historically and statistically speaking are by and large Satanic or Occultists? Hitler and friends sought World Domination by a single government. So did Communism. Before them so did the Illuminati. Since then, so has the modern Illuminati, the Globalists. They all called it a New World Order in one way or another, and they all shared the same basic planks or stepwise goals for achievement as spelled out by the Illuminati Plan.

A logo does not define a Fascist, but begs a closer look

3  The politics of Fascism serve only the interests of the powerfully rich elite

It is a government by the empowered of the unempowered to usurp more power and wealth. The purest form would be a Corporate State, a TerraCorp, wherein all corporations were shareholders in a Holding Company which was the government. All law and regulation would be for their gain, at the people’s expense.

4  Fascism sees an artificially controlled Monetary Policy as a Major domestic policy tool and a significant foreign policy tool

Control of the printing, availability, and value of Money by instruments such as The Federal Reserve was a primary goal established by the Illuminati Plan to establish a One-World Government they referred to as The New World Order. When you control currency in a country, you control the country. The international banking family of the Rothschilds has met this goal in virtually every Nation, and were a driving force in the establishment and continued control of the FED, which is a privately held corporation, not a branch of the U.S. Government. Mayer Amschel Rothschild has said, “Give me control of a nation’s money and I care not who makes the laws.” And why not. If you control money, you control EVERYONE and EVERYTHING indirectly.

Such control allows you to fund whatever you wish, heaping debt upon the masses. It allows Socialism, a tool to make the people both dependent upon and grateful to government. It allows a military of immense size and power. It allows everyone in charge to reap small fortunes at every turn, profiteering directly and indirectly from every Public Trough created by the Bureaucracy.

5  Fascism sees war as a major foreign policy tool and significant domestic policy tool for establishing and maintaining power

They do not care where the war is, the reason, or the outcome. Yes, it is important to them personally that they not get caught in the middle or see their own possessions destroyed. That’s something easy to arrange: just relocate the family and have the government pay for damages when you return. They only care that they get to loan money to both sides and profit from arms sales to both sides. The Rothschilds were famous for doing this, and it was in fact what empowered international banking in the first place.

Hillary Clinton, as described in my book set, Fatal Rebirth, profited handsomely by profits made through her modest investment in a CIA front operating in Canada which illegally sold U.S. arms to both sides of the Iran-Iraq war, one of the bloodiest of all history, and one with no victor, least of all American interests in the region. Wars can be used to punish or weaken a government which is uncooperative, and bolster those which do cooperate, and serves as a ‘patriotism’ tool for domestic control even in the face of severe domestic unhappiness with government which might exist. It can be used to justify Draconian measures and limit freedoms.

6  Fascism sees illicit drug trade as a major domestic policy tool and minor foreign policy tool

Profiteering is assured, generally used to fund black operations with no accountability and full plausible deniability. A War on Drugs forces the price sky high, and can be used to insure that sanctioned drug sales (CIA drug sales, in our case) is protected while unauthorized sellers (the kids running the border and the street gangs) get to go to jail. It increases crime to fund drug habits and allows for repressive laws and establishing large Law Enforcement Agency resources and infrastructure.

You render large populations ‘as lawbreakers’ who must otherwise behave out of fear of prosecution (they get off with a ‘warning’ or fine, but hence forth keep a low political profile). Wars are fought to control access to drugs. Vietnam secured S.E. Asia for CIA. The War on Drugs in South America is selectively fought against the Cartels who are not in bed with CIA, the ones willing to leave the local CIA vetted government alone. The war in Afghanistan secured the vast Poppy Fields for CIA and its partner, the Pakistani ISI (their CIA).

7  Fascism sees oil supply as a major tool useful in both foreign and domestic policy (enforcement)

As it happens, OIL prices do not only dictate profits, they are a major index of WAR. If you review the historical Barrel price of oil from WWII forward, you find a funny thing.  The price of crude will tend to rise to a point where there is a War. It will tend to level and then at the close of the war, it will start to descend. It NEVER descends to a point much lower than half the sum it rose. It then begins to rise, again. When it has risen twice as much as it has fallen, there is another war, and the cycle repeats.  This is the old ‘Two steps forward, and one step backwards’ philosophy of (Communism, the Illuminati, and Fascism) put into formula-matic play.

8  Fascist regime’s ability to survive is directly dependent upon their ability to control, and the means and effort required to control increases in measure with the reduction in or absence of affluence of the lower classes

Thus Fascism MUST become a Police State with Draconian laws. It MUST develop and deploy Political Control Technology to control the hearts and minds of its Citizens. It MUST rely upon disinformation and controlled media as part of that technology. It MUST find ways to hush and eliminate dissent through such control. Thus many of the other Axioms come into play as tools for the purpose.

9 Fascism can flourish and dominate from within any form of government where a police state mentality and/or secret government can be achieved

It need not be an overtly visible Police State. In fact, the more covert, the better. Thus Fascism exists in all forms of government, either operating as a Secret Government in conspiratorial subversion of processes and agencies, or as outright leadership and enforcer.

10 Fascism requires and is built on deceit through secret societies, secret government, and secret activities as tools

The trading of secrets insures loyalty of key players. Intelligence operatives trade such secrets as insurance policies against the Double Cross. Skull and Bonesmen trade such secrets so that they can destroy anyone of their own who dares betray. It is the tool of the keeping and trading of such secrets which itself makes it extremely rare that such secrets are made public. Too many people have too much at stake in the form of a vested interest. The very existence of such secrets, and the need to protect them, means that all else must necessarily be a lie. To conduct affairs amid such lies requires secretive forces doing things covertly. Cover ups abound. Thus media infiltration, manipulation, and Wag-The-Dog damage control becomes paramount.

11 Fascism achieves absolute power grip over key people through blackmail and other forms of intimidation

Where trading of secrets is not sufficient, such as with those who are not anointed, acquiring secrets about people becomes a primary tool in arranging and assuring their cooperation, were they otherwise predisposed to object. Where such is not available, other threats may be required. CIA has repeatedly been caught spying on power brokers in Washington to learn of their sexual or financial indiscretions. Where such cannot be uncovered, it can be manufactured. When a scandal breaks, more than likely, it broke because they refused to cave in. This is how they got rid of Spiro Agnew and Nixon in order to seat Gerald Ford, the man who fed CIA Warren Commission secret meeting content to better enable the cover up of what really happened in Dallas.

12 Fascism relies upon hate and fear to control the people and to distract them from discovering fascism is their true enemy

Divide and conquer. Labeling. Fear mongering. You see it everywhere. People are encouraged to avoid finding areas they can agree upon, and instead urged to hate and expunge EVERYONE who does not think EXACTLY like them. Diversity is supposed to be an asset that builds nations, one of the key principles behind America’s meteoric rise to power. Yet it has been made weapon against us, and is one reason we are fast becoming a has-been nation owned by the Chinese, Japanese, and Koreans. If you disagree with that, we are undoubtedly bitter enemies by default, and thus so, how can we possibly fight Fascism’s dark plans as they unfold around us?

Click here for Part III

Part IV – subscribe to be informed when posted.

Related articles

• What is the difference between democratic fascism and republican fascism (wiki.answers.com)
• Fascistic Aspects of America’s Democrat Party (rogueoperator.wordpress.com)
• Banks & Fascism ? (2012patriot.wordpress.com)
• The U.S. Monetary System and Descent into Fascism an Interview With Dr. Edwin Vieira by David Galland (gunnyg.wordpress.com)
• Sacrifice and Submission: Game of Thrones and the Aesthetics of Fascism (izabael.com)
• Fascism Today in the US and Beyond (robertlindsay.wordpress.com)

The 33 Axioms of Fascism, a NWO Primer

Fascism exists secretly in every form of government, and seeks the day when it may openly seize power. Here’s why that’s not good for you, no matter who you are… even if a fascist.

 

by H. Michael Sweeney,

copyright © 2011, ProparanoidPress, all rights reserved

permissions to reproduce available on request to pppbooks at comcast (net)

fascism

Originally from The ProParanoid Newsletter

fascism

Dateline Portland OR July 25 2011

‘The limits of tyrants are prescribed by the endurance of those whom they oppress.’  Journalist Frederick Douglas, 1857

Note: The 33 Axioms of Fascism, updated from the original in the Proparanoid Newsletter. It is rather a large document for a blog page, and thus is split into four parts. This page is merely the introduction and explanation, quite key to understanding. The actual axioms will be contained in a three-part blog series of add-ons. Please subscribe to this blog to be notified when they are posted.

In this article we will learn about Fascism:

• From whence it comes and what it is
• That it has a plan and specific role for YOU (no matter your station in life)
• That it is alive and well in YOUR government (any government)
• That it and the Illuminati share the same goals (establishing a New World Order)
• How it works to reach those goals

Fascism is a term not understood by most modern-day Americans, but some do have a grasp on the dark aspects of the New World Order and are relatively certain they do not like what these things represent.  Many view Fascism as some dark and vile thing destroyed in the WWII era along with Adolph Hitler and the Axis powers. Sadly, people do not realize that fascism has been and continues to be an ongoing philosophy and driving force of our time, here in America, Europe, and elsewhere. Today fascism exists in almost every nation on earth, and does so secretly, by and large. We actively sought it, in fact, at the end of WW II, when the DOD began to import Nazi scientists and war criminals to continue their dark work here in the U.S.

But they are getting bolder.  Neither do most people realize that Fascism and the New World Order are essentially one and the same, nor do they realize that the ties between the these things came about from the same secret societies which, at their core, can be shown to be worshipers of Satan. The most unique and key thing about fascism which most do not know is that it holds a special place for almost everyone – though few would want the place to which they are assigned against their natural will. The 33 Axioms will make that abundantly clear.

The sad truth is, hundreds of millions of people in any given nation are already in their unhappy places – put there by design more than by mere happenstance, and done in a way that they see only the happenstance as cause.  My friend Rodney Atkinson, former advisor to the Ministry of Finance in the UK, makes that quite clear in his book, Europe’s Full Circle, which shows that almost all goals set by Hitler have been realized in the establishment of the European Union. That is essentially thanks to media control, one of the first goals/steps of the Illuminati plan to establish the NWO to dumb us down to what’s really happening to us. The unhappiness in their life is a testimony that fascism is alive and well here and abroad, and they don’t even know it.

One of the most popular pieces of writing I have ever produced was The 25 Rules of Disinformation. There have been a perhaps 20 million downloads of this file in just a few short years since first posting on the Internet. It has also been reposted to countless Web sites, many without giving proper credit, and incorporated into Journalism, Psychology, and Political Science courses at major universities. Serving as a handbook for both detecting and defeating disinformation in all of its various forms, it is ironic that the Department of Justice, CIA, and military have been among those constantly accessing the file – invariably along with my Web page on CIA’s sworn courtroom ‘confession’ to the JFK assassination. It seems that perhaps some government employees do understand their Oath, after all. Disinformation (outside of errors or misinformation) can only exist when there is a criminal conspiracy, and thus, discovery of the use of disinformation tactics is one of the most important clues that truth is not being served and a conspiracy exists around a given news event.

Another popular list was 400 CIA fronts, proprietaries, and influenced or infiltrated businesses, institutions, and organizations as published in my first book, The Professional Paranoid. This was subsequently published on the Federation of American Scientists Web site, and elsewhere. This list is actually a minor compilation captured from a mere handful of open sources and books, representing a tiny fraction of the names that might be compiled.  I have since added over 600 more like it, and could easily amplify that number by some multiple. The most remarkable aspect of this list, which covers several decades, is that almost half of them (both the 400 and the 1,001 now listed) are related to Political Control Technology (PCT) — mind control.  There IS a strong tie between mind control and fascism, as well as Satanism and the secret organizations from which they all sprang.

That is easily seen in another compilation from my newsletter which detailed over 250 PCT devices and terms in use by the United States Government and lesser groups (now 500, almost all of the new ones because of Homeland Security’s funding of ‘antiterrorism solutions’ which are nothing more than crowd control weapons). This issue of the newsletter is available FREE on email request to proparanoid at comcast (net), and includes patent, federal document, and other published references which vouch for its viability. The success and usefulness of these lists is clear, and so, I have also undertaken to define Fascism by similar means, creating for you, here, The Thirty-Three Axioms of Fascism.

This is perhaps a very logical extension of the earlier lists, which like the CIA mind control fronts, exist only because they are needed to support fascist aims.  To start down this path they used fascist scientists and fascist technology illegally imported from a defeated Nazi Germany by CIA and the military — war criminals who were being sought for prosecution for war crimes in Nurnburg. This should tell us something about the validity of the notion that these Axioms apply to America, today. They do. It is hoped that The Thirty-Three Axioms of Fascism (and The New World Order) will prove to be just as valuable a handbook as the 25 Rules and just a valuable an indicator as the CIA Fronts and PCT items. All of these, by the way, can also be found in my latest prof. paranoid series book, The Professional Paranoid Defensive Field Guide.

But rather than fighting sporadic battles of disinformation or merely highlighting the nature of the beast, the Axioms go directly to the source of most such battles to define a greater evil – the root cause and author of the crime, the cover up, the disinformation, the conspiracy, or the reason and force behind a CIA front or the development of PCT, or the targeting of an individual by such forces and means. Guilt is quite the Albatross, isn’t it?

click to learn more

It is perhaps appropriate that the number 33 is the count. The number 33 is a particularly important number in the Masonic realm, from which fascism sprang. It is also a significant number to Satanic worshipers, which is the heart of the Masonic power structure. All are Satanic in origin, as shown in my book, MC Realities. Therefore, If you are an American reading this, I beg of you to carefully consider each and every axiom and compare it to the experiential knowledge of your family, friends, relatives, and coworkers. Many readers, especially those of minorities or the underclass, and those who have attempted to raise themselves up by their own bootstraps will see some clear explanations for their more unfortunate experiences. Life is a bitch, isn’t it?

There is not a single Axiom here which cannot be found at play within the government of  The United States of America…

and, certainly, in the boardrooms of major corporations, institutions, and foundations. Indeed, those that rule government and these bodies are themselves often known to be members of the secret organizations which have their roots in a Satanic history, and all of which are unabashed New World Order proponents. The axioms are organized into four categories, but it will be seen that there is certainly overlap in application.  Drugs, for example, are mentioned in one category but apply equally well in others, a matter obvious enough to forsake repetition in each instance. The four categories will show how each person has been considered carefully in the fascist version of government, business, and social paradigms.

The reader will undoubtedly find surprises, and perhaps some will have reluctance to accept a given axiom or component.  I ask only that the reader make the comparison, and to especially compare our most current history, and ‘America’s New War’ on terrorism with the Nazi model of fascism.  War is hell, isn’t it?

If that statement seems too harsh or controversial, I suggest you learn about prior knowledge of 911 events by the Bush administration and the cozy and incestuous relationships between Osama bin Laden and the terrorists with CIA, the Bush family, the military, and the military industrial complex — of which media has hardly mentioned though it is there in their archives and even as details in current reports for anyone to find, not to mention the curious role of 200 Israeli ‘art students’ quietly deported for spying on the 19 hijackers as they obtained countless helps from CIA and DOD along the way. That is documented in my book series, Fatal Rebirth, which predicted September 11 attacks and resulting wars, by the way.

As far as I am aware, two plus two still equals four, and not the six we are being told by government and media.  I’ll leave you to check their math – unless they’ve already made up your minds for you, and you have no interest in the true facts. Math is fun, isn’t it?

end of introduction. Click here for part II, the actual Axioms.

Related articles

• Rational Fascism by Michael Parenti (1997) (dandelionsalad.wordpress.com) Another not-so-distant review by an accredited author and lecturer
• Who coined the term Fascism (wiki.answers.com) A more historical accounting that may be useful to anyone who did not grow up in the shadow of, or suffer through WWII. Ultimately, we all did, because the United Nations and the Globalization of business and geographic ‘Unions’ (e.g., The North American Union) has grown out of response to WWII.
• History of the Illuminati (at virginia.edu) A not-too detailed review of the Illuminati showing ties to Masonry through Albert Pike and Illuminati founder Adam Weishaupt (both Satanists).